blob: 9c69b6c755874f49b013d528a8650795e76bbb4c [file] [log] [blame]
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001//===- SROA.cpp - Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates ------------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9/// \file
10/// This transformation implements the well known scalar replacement of
11/// aggregates transformation. It tries to identify promotable elements of an
12/// aggregate alloca, and promote them to registers. It will also try to
13/// convert uses of an element (or set of elements) of an alloca into a vector
14/// or bitfield-style integer scalar if appropriate.
15///
16/// It works to do this with minimal slicing of the alloca so that regions
17/// which are merely transferred in and out of external memory remain unchanged
18/// and are not decomposed to scalar code.
19///
20/// Because this also performs alloca promotion, it can be thought of as also
21/// serving the purpose of SSA formation. The algorithm iterates on the
22/// function until all opportunities for promotion have been realized.
23///
24//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
25
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000026#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
28#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
30#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +000031#include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000032#include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h"
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +000033#include "llvm/Analysis/PtrUseVisitor.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000034#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000035#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
Chandler Carruth12664a02014-03-06 00:22:06 +000036#include "llvm/IR/DIBuilder.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000037#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
Chandler Carruth9a4c9e52014-03-06 00:46:21 +000038#include "llvm/IR/DebugInfo.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000039#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
Chandler Carruth5ad5f152014-01-13 09:26:24 +000040#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000041#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
42#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
Chandler Carruth7da14f12014-03-06 03:23:41 +000043#include "llvm/IR/InstVisitor.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000044#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
45#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
46#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000047#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000048#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +000049#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +000050#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000051#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
52#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000053#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000054#include "llvm/Support/TimeValue.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000055#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000056#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
57#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemToReg.h"
58#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h"
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000059
60#if __cplusplus >= 201103L && !defined(NDEBUG)
61// We only use this for a debug check in C++11
62#include <random>
63#endif
64
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000065using namespace llvm;
66
Chandler Carruth964daaa2014-04-22 02:55:47 +000067#define DEBUG_TYPE "sroa"
68
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000069STATISTIC(NumAllocasAnalyzed, "Number of allocas analyzed for replacement");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000070STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitions, "Number of alloca partitions formed");
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +000071STATISTIC(MaxPartitionsPerAlloca, "Maximum number of partitions per alloca");
72STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitionUses, "Number of alloca partition uses rewritten");
73STATISTIC(MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition, "Maximum number of uses of a partition");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000074STATISTIC(NumNewAllocas, "Number of new, smaller allocas introduced");
75STATISTIC(NumPromoted, "Number of allocas promoted to SSA values");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000076STATISTIC(NumLoadsSpeculated, "Number of loads speculated to allow promotion");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000077STATISTIC(NumDeleted, "Number of instructions deleted");
78STATISTIC(NumVectorized, "Number of vectorized aggregates");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000079
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +000080/// Hidden option to force the pass to not use DomTree and mem2reg, instead
81/// forming SSA values through the SSAUpdater infrastructure.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +000082static cl::opt<bool> ForceSSAUpdater("force-ssa-updater", cl::init(false),
83 cl::Hidden);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +000084
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000085/// Hidden option to enable randomly shuffling the slices to help uncover
86/// instability in their order.
87static cl::opt<bool> SROARandomShuffleSlices("sroa-random-shuffle-slices",
88 cl::init(false), cl::Hidden);
89
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +000090/// Hidden option to experiment with completely strict handling of inbounds
91/// GEPs.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +000092static cl::opt<bool> SROAStrictInbounds("sroa-strict-inbounds", cl::init(false),
93 cl::Hidden);
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +000094
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000095namespace {
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +000096/// \brief A custom IRBuilder inserter which prefixes all names if they are
97/// preserved.
98template <bool preserveNames = true>
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +000099class IRBuilderPrefixedInserter
100 : public IRBuilderDefaultInserter<preserveNames> {
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +0000101 std::string Prefix;
102
103public:
104 void SetNamePrefix(const Twine &P) { Prefix = P.str(); }
105
106protected:
107 void InsertHelper(Instruction *I, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *BB,
108 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt) const {
109 IRBuilderDefaultInserter<preserveNames>::InsertHelper(
110 I, Name.isTriviallyEmpty() ? Name : Prefix + Name, BB, InsertPt);
111 }
112};
113
114// Specialization for not preserving the name is trivial.
115template <>
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000116class IRBuilderPrefixedInserter<false>
117 : public IRBuilderDefaultInserter<false> {
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +0000118public:
119 void SetNamePrefix(const Twine &P) {}
120};
121
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000122/// \brief Provide a typedef for IRBuilder that drops names in release builds.
123#ifndef NDEBUG
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000124typedef llvm::IRBuilder<true, ConstantFolder, IRBuilderPrefixedInserter<true>>
125 IRBuilderTy;
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000126#else
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000127typedef llvm::IRBuilder<false, ConstantFolder, IRBuilderPrefixedInserter<false>>
128 IRBuilderTy;
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000129#endif
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +0000130}
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000131
132namespace {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000133/// \brief A used slice of an alloca.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000134///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000135/// This structure represents a slice of an alloca used by some instruction. It
136/// stores both the begin and end offsets of this use, a pointer to the use
137/// itself, and a flag indicating whether we can classify the use as splittable
138/// or not when forming partitions of the alloca.
139class Slice {
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000140 /// \brief The beginning offset of the range.
141 uint64_t BeginOffset;
142
143 /// \brief The ending offset, not included in the range.
144 uint64_t EndOffset;
145
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000146 /// \brief Storage for both the use of this slice and whether it can be
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000147 /// split.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000148 PointerIntPair<Use *, 1, bool> UseAndIsSplittable;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000149
150public:
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000151 Slice() : BeginOffset(), EndOffset() {}
152 Slice(uint64_t BeginOffset, uint64_t EndOffset, Use *U, bool IsSplittable)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000153 : BeginOffset(BeginOffset), EndOffset(EndOffset),
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000154 UseAndIsSplittable(U, IsSplittable) {}
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000155
156 uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; }
157 uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; }
158
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000159 bool isSplittable() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getInt(); }
160 void makeUnsplittable() { UseAndIsSplittable.setInt(false); }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000161
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000162 Use *getUse() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getPointer(); }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000163
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000164 bool isDead() const { return getUse() == nullptr; }
165 void kill() { UseAndIsSplittable.setPointer(nullptr); }
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000166
167 /// \brief Support for ordering ranges.
168 ///
169 /// This provides an ordering over ranges such that start offsets are
170 /// always increasing, and within equal start offsets, the end offsets are
171 /// decreasing. Thus the spanning range comes first in a cluster with the
172 /// same start position.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000173 bool operator<(const Slice &RHS) const {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000174 if (beginOffset() < RHS.beginOffset())
175 return true;
176 if (beginOffset() > RHS.beginOffset())
177 return false;
178 if (isSplittable() != RHS.isSplittable())
179 return !isSplittable();
180 if (endOffset() > RHS.endOffset())
181 return true;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000182 return false;
183 }
184
185 /// \brief Support comparison with a single offset to allow binary searches.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000186 friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(const Slice &LHS,
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000187 uint64_t RHSOffset) {
188 return LHS.beginOffset() < RHSOffset;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000189 }
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000190 friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(uint64_t LHSOffset,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000191 const Slice &RHS) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000192 return LHSOffset < RHS.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000193 }
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000194
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000195 bool operator==(const Slice &RHS) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000196 return isSplittable() == RHS.isSplittable() &&
197 beginOffset() == RHS.beginOffset() && endOffset() == RHS.endOffset();
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000198 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000199 bool operator!=(const Slice &RHS) const { return !operator==(RHS); }
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000200};
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000201} // end anonymous namespace
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000202
203namespace llvm {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000204template <typename T> struct isPodLike;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000205template <> struct isPodLike<Slice> { static const bool value = true; };
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000206}
207
208namespace {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000209/// \brief Representation of the alloca slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000210///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000211/// This class represents the slices of an alloca which are formed by its
212/// various uses. If a pointer escapes, we can't fully build a representation
213/// for the slices used and we reflect that in this structure. The uses are
214/// stored, sorted by increasing beginning offset and with unsplittable slices
215/// starting at a particular offset before splittable slices.
216class AllocaSlices {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000217public:
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000218 /// \brief Construct the slices of a particular alloca.
219 AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000220
221 /// \brief Test whether a pointer to the allocation escapes our analysis.
222 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000223 /// If this is true, the slices are never fully built and should be
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000224 /// ignored.
225 bool isEscaped() const { return PointerEscapingInstr; }
226
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000227 /// \brief Support for iterating over the slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000228 /// @{
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000229 typedef SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::iterator iterator;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +0000230 typedef iterator_range<iterator> range;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000231 iterator begin() { return Slices.begin(); }
232 iterator end() { return Slices.end(); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000233
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000234 typedef SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::const_iterator const_iterator;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +0000235 typedef iterator_range<const_iterator> const_range;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000236 const_iterator begin() const { return Slices.begin(); }
237 const_iterator end() const { return Slices.end(); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000238 /// @}
239
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000240 /// \brief Erase a range of slices.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +0000241 void erase(iterator Start, iterator Stop) { Slices.erase(Start, Stop); }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000242
243 /// \brief Insert new slices for this alloca.
244 ///
245 /// This moves the slices into the alloca's slices collection, and re-sorts
246 /// everything so that the usual ordering properties of the alloca's slices
247 /// hold.
248 void insert(ArrayRef<Slice> NewSlices) {
249 int OldSize = Slices.size();
Benjamin Kramer4f6ac162015-02-28 10:11:12 +0000250 Slices.append(NewSlices.begin(), NewSlices.end());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000251 auto SliceI = Slices.begin() + OldSize;
252 std::sort(SliceI, Slices.end());
253 std::inplace_merge(Slices.begin(), SliceI, Slices.end());
254 }
255
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000256 // Forward declare an iterator to befriend it.
257 class partition_iterator;
258
259 /// \brief A partition of the slices.
260 ///
261 /// An ephemeral representation for a range of slices which can be viewed as
262 /// a partition of the alloca. This range represents a span of the alloca's
263 /// memory which cannot be split, and provides access to all of the slices
264 /// overlapping some part of the partition.
265 ///
266 /// Objects of this type are produced by traversing the alloca's slices, but
267 /// are only ephemeral and not persistent.
268 class Partition {
269 private:
270 friend class AllocaSlices;
271 friend class AllocaSlices::partition_iterator;
272
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +0000273 /// \brief The beginning and ending offsets of the alloca for this
274 /// partition.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000275 uint64_t BeginOffset, EndOffset;
276
277 /// \brief The start end end iterators of this partition.
278 iterator SI, SJ;
279
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000280 /// \brief A collection of split slice tails overlapping the partition.
281 SmallVector<Slice *, 4> SplitTails;
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000282
283 /// \brief Raw constructor builds an empty partition starting and ending at
284 /// the given iterator.
285 Partition(iterator SI) : SI(SI), SJ(SI) {}
286
287 public:
288 /// \brief The start offset of this partition.
289 ///
290 /// All of the contained slices start at or after this offset.
291 uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; }
292
293 /// \brief The end offset of this partition.
294 ///
295 /// All of the contained slices end at or before this offset.
296 uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; }
297
298 /// \brief The size of the partition.
299 ///
300 /// Note that this can never be zero.
301 uint64_t size() const {
302 assert(BeginOffset < EndOffset && "Partitions must span some bytes!");
303 return EndOffset - BeginOffset;
304 }
305
306 /// \brief Test whether this partition contains no slices, and merely spans
307 /// a region occupied by split slices.
308 bool empty() const { return SI == SJ; }
309
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000310 /// \name Iterate slices that start within the partition.
311 /// These may be splittable or unsplittable. They have a begin offset >= the
312 /// partition begin offset.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000313 /// @{
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000314 // FIXME: We should probably define a "concat_iterator" helper and use that
315 // to stitch together pointee_iterators over the split tails and the
316 // contiguous iterators of the partition. That would give a much nicer
317 // interface here. We could then additionally expose filtered iterators for
318 // split, unsplit, and unsplittable splices based on the usage patterns.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000319 iterator begin() const { return SI; }
320 iterator end() const { return SJ; }
321 /// @}
322
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000323 /// \brief Get the sequence of split slice tails.
324 ///
325 /// These tails are of slices which start before this partition but are
326 /// split and overlap into the partition. We accumulate these while forming
327 /// partitions.
328 ArrayRef<Slice *> splitSliceTails() const { return SplitTails; }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000329 };
330
331 /// \brief An iterator over partitions of the alloca's slices.
332 ///
333 /// This iterator implements the core algorithm for partitioning the alloca's
334 /// slices. It is a forward iterator as we don't support backtracking for
335 /// efficiency reasons, and re-use a single storage area to maintain the
336 /// current set of split slices.
337 ///
338 /// It is templated on the slice iterator type to use so that it can operate
339 /// with either const or non-const slice iterators.
340 class partition_iterator
341 : public iterator_facade_base<partition_iterator,
342 std::forward_iterator_tag, Partition> {
343 friend class AllocaSlices;
344
345 /// \brief Most of the state for walking the partitions is held in a class
346 /// with a nice interface for examining them.
347 Partition P;
348
349 /// \brief We need to keep the end of the slices to know when to stop.
350 AllocaSlices::iterator SE;
351
352 /// \brief We also need to keep track of the maximum split end offset seen.
353 /// FIXME: Do we really?
354 uint64_t MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
355
356 /// \brief Sets the partition to be empty at given iterator, and sets the
357 /// end iterator.
358 partition_iterator(AllocaSlices::iterator SI, AllocaSlices::iterator SE)
359 : P(SI), SE(SE), MaxSplitSliceEndOffset(0) {
360 // If not already at the end, advance our state to form the initial
361 // partition.
362 if (SI != SE)
363 advance();
364 }
365
366 /// \brief Advance the iterator to the next partition.
367 ///
368 /// Requires that the iterator not be at the end of the slices.
369 void advance() {
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000370 assert((P.SI != SE || !P.SplitTails.empty()) &&
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000371 "Cannot advance past the end of the slices!");
372
373 // Clear out any split uses which have ended.
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000374 if (!P.SplitTails.empty()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000375 if (P.EndOffset >= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset) {
376 // If we've finished all splits, this is easy.
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000377 P.SplitTails.clear();
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000378 MaxSplitSliceEndOffset = 0;
379 } else {
380 // Remove the uses which have ended in the prior partition. This
381 // cannot change the max split slice end because we just checked that
382 // the prior partition ended prior to that max.
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000383 P.SplitTails.erase(
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000384 std::remove_if(
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000385 P.SplitTails.begin(), P.SplitTails.end(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000386 [&](Slice *S) { return S->endOffset() <= P.EndOffset; }),
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000387 P.SplitTails.end());
388 assert(std::any_of(P.SplitTails.begin(), P.SplitTails.end(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000389 [&](Slice *S) {
390 return S->endOffset() == MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
391 }) &&
392 "Could not find the current max split slice offset!");
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000393 assert(std::all_of(P.SplitTails.begin(), P.SplitTails.end(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000394 [&](Slice *S) {
395 return S->endOffset() <= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
396 }) &&
397 "Max split slice end offset is not actually the max!");
398 }
399 }
400
401 // If P.SI is already at the end, then we've cleared the split tail and
402 // now have an end iterator.
403 if (P.SI == SE) {
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000404 assert(P.SplitTails.empty() && "Failed to clear the split slices!");
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000405 return;
406 }
407
408 // If we had a non-empty partition previously, set up the state for
409 // subsequent partitions.
410 if (P.SI != P.SJ) {
411 // Accumulate all the splittable slices which started in the old
412 // partition into the split list.
413 for (Slice &S : P)
414 if (S.isSplittable() && S.endOffset() > P.EndOffset) {
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000415 P.SplitTails.push_back(&S);
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000416 MaxSplitSliceEndOffset =
417 std::max(S.endOffset(), MaxSplitSliceEndOffset);
418 }
419
420 // Start from the end of the previous partition.
421 P.SI = P.SJ;
422
423 // If P.SI is now at the end, we at most have a tail of split slices.
424 if (P.SI == SE) {
425 P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset;
426 P.EndOffset = MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
427 return;
428 }
429
430 // If the we have split slices and the next slice is after a gap and is
431 // not splittable immediately form an empty partition for the split
432 // slices up until the next slice begins.
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000433 if (!P.SplitTails.empty() && P.SI->beginOffset() != P.EndOffset &&
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000434 !P.SI->isSplittable()) {
435 P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset;
436 P.EndOffset = P.SI->beginOffset();
437 return;
438 }
439 }
440
441 // OK, we need to consume new slices. Set the end offset based on the
442 // current slice, and step SJ past it. The beginning offset of the
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +0000443 // partition is the beginning offset of the next slice unless we have
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000444 // pre-existing split slices that are continuing, in which case we begin
445 // at the prior end offset.
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000446 P.BeginOffset = P.SplitTails.empty() ? P.SI->beginOffset() : P.EndOffset;
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000447 P.EndOffset = P.SI->endOffset();
448 ++P.SJ;
449
450 // There are two strategies to form a partition based on whether the
451 // partition starts with an unsplittable slice or a splittable slice.
452 if (!P.SI->isSplittable()) {
453 // When we're forming an unsplittable region, it must always start at
454 // the first slice and will extend through its end.
455 assert(P.BeginOffset == P.SI->beginOffset());
456
457 // Form a partition including all of the overlapping slices with this
458 // unsplittable slice.
459 while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) {
460 if (!P.SJ->isSplittable())
461 P.EndOffset = std::max(P.EndOffset, P.SJ->endOffset());
462 ++P.SJ;
463 }
464
465 // We have a partition across a set of overlapping unsplittable
466 // partitions.
467 return;
468 }
469
470 // If we're starting with a splittable slice, then we need to form
471 // a synthetic partition spanning it and any other overlapping splittable
472 // splices.
473 assert(P.SI->isSplittable() && "Forming a splittable partition!");
474
475 // Collect all of the overlapping splittable slices.
476 while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset &&
477 P.SJ->isSplittable()) {
478 P.EndOffset = std::max(P.EndOffset, P.SJ->endOffset());
479 ++P.SJ;
480 }
481
482 // Back upiP.EndOffset if we ended the span early when encountering an
483 // unsplittable slice. This synthesizes the early end offset of
484 // a partition spanning only splittable slices.
485 if (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) {
486 assert(!P.SJ->isSplittable());
487 P.EndOffset = P.SJ->beginOffset();
488 }
489 }
490
491 public:
492 bool operator==(const partition_iterator &RHS) const {
493 assert(SE == RHS.SE &&
494 "End iterators don't match between compared partition iterators!");
495
496 // The observed positions of partitions is marked by the P.SI iterator and
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +0000497 // the emptiness of the split slices. The latter is only relevant when
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000498 // P.SI == SE, as the end iterator will additionally have an empty split
499 // slices list, but the prior may have the same P.SI and a tail of split
500 // slices.
501 if (P.SI == RHS.P.SI &&
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000502 P.SplitTails.empty() == RHS.P.SplitTails.empty()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000503 assert(P.SJ == RHS.P.SJ &&
504 "Same set of slices formed two different sized partitions!");
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000505 assert(P.SplitTails.size() == RHS.P.SplitTails.size() &&
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000506 "Same slice position with differently sized non-empty split "
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000507 "slice tails!");
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000508 return true;
509 }
510 return false;
511 }
512
513 partition_iterator &operator++() {
514 advance();
515 return *this;
516 }
517
518 Partition &operator*() { return P; }
519 };
520
521 /// \brief A forward range over the partitions of the alloca's slices.
522 ///
523 /// This accesses an iterator range over the partitions of the alloca's
524 /// slices. It computes these partitions on the fly based on the overlapping
525 /// offsets of the slices and the ability to split them. It will visit "empty"
526 /// partitions to cover regions of the alloca only accessed via split
527 /// slices.
528 iterator_range<partition_iterator> partitions() {
529 return make_range(partition_iterator(begin(), end()),
530 partition_iterator(end(), end()));
531 }
532
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000533 /// \brief Access the dead users for this alloca.
534 ArrayRef<Instruction *> getDeadUsers() const { return DeadUsers; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000535
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000536 /// \brief Access the dead operands referring to this alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000537 ///
538 /// These are operands which have cannot actually be used to refer to the
539 /// alloca as they are outside its range and the user doesn't correct for
540 /// that. These mostly consist of PHI node inputs and the like which we just
541 /// need to replace with undef.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000542 ArrayRef<Use *> getDeadOperands() const { return DeadOperands; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000543
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +0000544#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000545 void print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I, StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000546 void printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
547 StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000548 void printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
549 StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000550 void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
Alp Tokerf929e092014-01-04 22:47:48 +0000551 void dump(const_iterator I) const;
552 void dump() const;
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +0000553#endif
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000554
555private:
556 template <typename DerivedT, typename RetT = void> class BuilderBase;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000557 class SliceBuilder;
558 friend class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000559
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000560#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000561 /// \brief Handle to alloca instruction to simplify method interfaces.
562 AllocaInst &AI;
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000563#endif
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000564
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000565 /// \brief The instruction responsible for this alloca not having a known set
566 /// of slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000567 ///
568 /// When an instruction (potentially) escapes the pointer to the alloca, we
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000569 /// store a pointer to that here and abort trying to form slices of the
570 /// alloca. This will be null if the alloca slices are analyzed successfully.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000571 Instruction *PointerEscapingInstr;
572
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000573 /// \brief The slices of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000574 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000575 /// We store a vector of the slices formed by uses of the alloca here. This
576 /// vector is sorted by increasing begin offset, and then the unsplittable
577 /// slices before the splittable ones. See the Slice inner class for more
578 /// details.
579 SmallVector<Slice, 8> Slices;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000580
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000581 /// \brief Instructions which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca.
582 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000583 /// Note that these are not separated by slice. This is because we expect an
584 /// alloca to be completely rewritten or not rewritten at all. If rewritten,
585 /// all these instructions can simply be removed and replaced with undef as
586 /// they come from outside of the allocated space.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000587 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> DeadUsers;
588
589 /// \brief Operands which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca.
590 ///
591 /// These are operands that in their particular use can be replaced with
592 /// undef when we rewrite the alloca. These show up in out-of-bounds inputs
593 /// to PHI nodes and the like. They aren't entirely dead (there might be
594 /// a GEP back into the bounds using it elsewhere) and nor is the PHI, but we
595 /// want to swap this particular input for undef to simplify the use lists of
596 /// the alloca.
597 SmallVector<Use *, 8> DeadOperands;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000598};
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +0000599}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000600
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000601static Value *foldSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
602 // If the condition being selected on is a constant or the same value is
603 // being selected between, fold the select. Yes this does (rarely) happen
604 // early on.
605 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI.getCondition()))
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000606 return SI.getOperand(1 + CI->isZero());
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +0000607 if (SI.getOperand(1) == SI.getOperand(2))
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000608 return SI.getOperand(1);
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +0000609
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000610 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000611}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000612
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000613/// \brief A helper that folds a PHI node or a select.
614static Value *foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) {
615 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I)) {
616 // If PN merges together the same value, return that value.
617 return PN->hasConstantValue();
618 }
619 return foldSelectInst(cast<SelectInst>(I));
620}
621
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000622/// \brief Builder for the alloca slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000623///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000624/// This class builds a set of alloca slices by recursively visiting the uses
625/// of an alloca and making a slice for each load and store at each offset.
626class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder : public PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder> {
627 friend class PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>;
628 friend class InstVisitor<SliceBuilder>;
629 typedef PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder> Base;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000630
631 const uint64_t AllocSize;
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000632 AllocaSlices &AS;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000633
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000634 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned> MemTransferSliceMap;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000635 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, uint64_t> PHIOrSelectSizes;
636
637 /// \brief Set to de-duplicate dead instructions found in the use walk.
638 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> VisitedDeadInsts;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000639
640public:
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000641 SliceBuilder(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS)
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000642 : PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>(DL),
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000643 AllocSize(DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType())), AS(AS) {}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000644
645private:
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000646 void markAsDead(Instruction &I) {
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000647 if (VisitedDeadInsts.insert(&I).second)
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000648 AS.DeadUsers.push_back(&I);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000649 }
650
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000651 void insertUse(Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset, uint64_t Size,
Chandler Carruth97121172012-09-16 19:39:50 +0000652 bool IsSplittable = false) {
Chandler Carruthf02b8bf2012-12-03 10:59:55 +0000653 // Completely skip uses which have a zero size or start either before or
654 // past the end of the allocation.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000655 if (Size == 0 || Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000656 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte use @" << Offset
Chandler Carruthf02b8bf2012-12-03 10:59:55 +0000657 << " which has zero size or starts outside of the "
658 << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000659 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000660 << " use: " << I << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000661 return markAsDead(I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000662 }
663
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000664 uint64_t BeginOffset = Offset.getZExtValue();
665 uint64_t EndOffset = BeginOffset + Size;
Chandler Carruthe7a1ba52012-09-23 11:43:14 +0000666
667 // Clamp the end offset to the end of the allocation. Note that this is
668 // formulated to handle even the case where "BeginOffset + Size" overflows.
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000669 // This may appear superficially to be something we could ignore entirely,
670 // but that is not so! There may be widened loads or PHI-node uses where
671 // some instructions are dead but not others. We can't completely ignore
672 // them, and so have to record at least the information here.
Chandler Carruthe7a1ba52012-09-23 11:43:14 +0000673 assert(AllocSize >= BeginOffset); // Established above.
674 if (Size > AllocSize - BeginOffset) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000675 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Clamping a " << Size << " byte use @" << Offset
676 << " to remain within the " << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000677 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000678 << " use: " << I << "\n");
679 EndOffset = AllocSize;
680 }
681
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000682 AS.Slices.push_back(Slice(BeginOffset, EndOffset, U, IsSplittable));
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000683 }
684
685 void visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) {
686 if (BC.use_empty())
687 return markAsDead(BC);
688
689 return Base::visitBitCastInst(BC);
690 }
691
692 void visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) {
693 if (GEPI.use_empty())
694 return markAsDead(GEPI);
695
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000696 if (SROAStrictInbounds && GEPI.isInBounds()) {
697 // FIXME: This is a manually un-factored variant of the basic code inside
698 // of GEPs with checking of the inbounds invariant specified in the
699 // langref in a very strict sense. If we ever want to enable
700 // SROAStrictInbounds, this code should be factored cleanly into
701 // PtrUseVisitor, but it is easier to experiment with SROAStrictInbounds
702 // by writing out the code here where we have tho underlying allocation
703 // size readily available.
704 APInt GEPOffset = Offset;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000705 const DataLayout &DL = GEPI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000706 for (gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEPI),
707 GTE = gep_type_end(GEPI);
708 GTI != GTE; ++GTI) {
709 ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GTI.getOperand());
710 if (!OpC)
711 break;
712
713 // Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer.
714 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
715 unsigned ElementIdx = OpC->getZExtValue();
716 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
717 GEPOffset +=
718 APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(ElementIdx));
719 } else {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000720 // For array or vector indices, scale the index by the size of the
721 // type.
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000722 APInt Index = OpC->getValue().sextOrTrunc(Offset.getBitWidth());
723 GEPOffset += Index * APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(),
724 DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()));
725 }
726
727 // If this index has computed an intermediate pointer which is not
728 // inbounds, then the result of the GEP is a poison value and we can
729 // delete it and all uses.
730 if (GEPOffset.ugt(AllocSize))
731 return markAsDead(GEPI);
732 }
733 }
734
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000735 return Base::visitGetElementPtrInst(GEPI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000736 }
737
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000738 void handleLoadOrStore(Type *Ty, Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset,
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000739 uint64_t Size, bool IsVolatile) {
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +0000740 // We allow splitting of non-volatile loads and stores where the type is an
741 // integer type. These may be used to implement 'memcpy' or other "transfer
742 // of bits" patterns.
743 bool IsSplittable = Ty->isIntegerTy() && !IsVolatile;
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +0000744
745 insertUse(I, Offset, Size, IsSplittable);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000746 }
747
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000748 void visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000749 assert((!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType()) &&
750 "All simple FCA loads should have been pre-split");
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000751
752 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
753 return PI.setAborted(&LI);
754
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000755 const DataLayout &DL = LI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000756 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType());
757 return handleLoadOrStore(LI.getType(), LI, Offset, Size, LI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000758 }
759
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000760 void visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000761 Value *ValOp = SI.getValueOperand();
762 if (ValOp == *U)
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000763 return PI.setEscapedAndAborted(&SI);
764 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
765 return PI.setAborted(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000766
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000767 const DataLayout &DL = SI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000768 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(ValOp->getType());
769
770 // If this memory access can be shown to *statically* extend outside the
771 // bounds of of the allocation, it's behavior is undefined, so simply
772 // ignore it. Note that this is more strict than the generic clamping
773 // behavior of insertUse. We also try to handle cases which might run the
774 // risk of overflow.
775 // FIXME: We should instead consider the pointer to have escaped if this
776 // function is being instrumented for addressing bugs or race conditions.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000777 if (Size > AllocSize || Offset.ugt(AllocSize - Size)) {
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000778 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte store @" << Offset
779 << " which extends past the end of the " << AllocSize
780 << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000781 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000782 << " use: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000783 return markAsDead(SI);
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000784 }
785
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000786 assert((!SI.isSimple() || ValOp->getType()->isSingleValueType()) &&
787 "All simple FCA stores should have been pre-split");
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000788 handleLoadOrStore(ValOp->getType(), SI, Offset, Size, SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000789 }
790
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000791 void visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) {
Chandler Carruthb0de6dd2012-09-14 10:26:34 +0000792 assert(II.getRawDest() == *U && "Pointer use is not the destination?");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000793 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II.getLength());
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000794 if ((Length && Length->getValue() == 0) ||
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000795 (IsOffsetKnown && Offset.uge(AllocSize)))
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000796 // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000797 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000798
799 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
800 return PI.setAborted(&II);
801
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000802 insertUse(II, Offset, Length ? Length->getLimitedValue()
803 : AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(),
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000804 (bool)Length);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000805 }
806
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000807 void visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000808 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II.getLength());
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000809 if (Length && Length->getValue() == 0)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000810 // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000811 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000812
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000813 // Because we can visit these intrinsics twice, also check to see if the
814 // first time marked this instruction as dead. If so, skip it.
815 if (VisitedDeadInsts.count(&II))
816 return;
817
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000818 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
819 return PI.setAborted(&II);
820
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000821 // This side of the transfer is completely out-of-bounds, and so we can
822 // nuke the entire transfer. However, we also need to nuke the other side
823 // if already added to our partitions.
824 // FIXME: Yet another place we really should bypass this when
825 // instrumenting for ASan.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000826 if (Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000827 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI =
828 MemTransferSliceMap.find(&II);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000829 if (MTPI != MemTransferSliceMap.end())
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000830 AS.Slices[MTPI->second].kill();
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000831 return markAsDead(II);
832 }
833
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000834 uint64_t RawOffset = Offset.getLimitedValue();
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000835 uint64_t Size = Length ? Length->getLimitedValue() : AllocSize - RawOffset;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000836
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000837 // Check for the special case where the same exact value is used for both
838 // source and dest.
839 if (*U == II.getRawDest() && *U == II.getRawSource()) {
840 // For non-volatile transfers this is a no-op.
841 if (!II.isVolatile())
842 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000843
Nick Lewycky6ab9d932013-07-22 23:38:27 +0000844 return insertUse(II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/false);
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000845 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000846
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000847 // If we have seen both source and destination for a mem transfer, then
848 // they both point to the same alloca.
849 bool Inserted;
850 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI;
Benjamin Kramerd6f1f842014-03-02 13:30:33 +0000851 std::tie(MTPI, Inserted) =
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000852 MemTransferSliceMap.insert(std::make_pair(&II, AS.Slices.size()));
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000853 unsigned PrevIdx = MTPI->second;
854 if (!Inserted) {
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000855 Slice &PrevP = AS.Slices[PrevIdx];
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000856
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000857 // Check if the begin offsets match and this is a non-volatile transfer.
858 // In that case, we can completely elide the transfer.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000859 if (!II.isVolatile() && PrevP.beginOffset() == RawOffset) {
860 PrevP.kill();
861 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000862 }
863
864 // Otherwise we have an offset transfer within the same alloca. We can't
865 // split those.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000866 PrevP.makeUnsplittable();
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000867 }
868
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000869 // Insert the use now that we've fixed up the splittable nature.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000870 insertUse(II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/Inserted && Length);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000871
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000872 // Check that we ended up with a valid index in the map.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000873 assert(AS.Slices[PrevIdx].getUse()->getUser() == &II &&
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000874 "Map index doesn't point back to a slice with this user.");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000875 }
876
877 // Disable SRoA for any intrinsics except for lifetime invariants.
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +0000878 // FIXME: What about debug intrinsics? This matches old behavior, but
Chandler Carruth4b40e002012-09-14 10:26:36 +0000879 // doesn't make sense.
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000880 void visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) {
881 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
882 return PI.setAborted(&II);
883
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000884 if (II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start ||
885 II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_end) {
886 ConstantInt *Length = cast<ConstantInt>(II.getArgOperand(0));
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000887 uint64_t Size = std::min(AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(),
888 Length->getLimitedValue());
Chandler Carruth97121172012-09-16 19:39:50 +0000889 insertUse(II, Offset, Size, true);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000890 return;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000891 }
892
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000893 Base::visitIntrinsicInst(II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000894 }
895
896 Instruction *hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(Instruction *Root, uint64_t &Size) {
897 // We consider any PHI or select that results in a direct load or store of
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000898 // the same offset to be a viable use for slicing purposes. These uses
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000899 // are considered unsplittable and the size is the maximum loaded or stored
900 // size.
901 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> Visited;
902 SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction *, Instruction *>, 4> Uses;
903 Visited.insert(Root);
904 Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(cast<Instruction>(*U), Root));
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000905 const DataLayout &DL = Root->getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth8b907e82012-09-25 10:03:40 +0000906 // If there are no loads or stores, the access is dead. We mark that as
907 // a size zero access.
908 Size = 0;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000909 do {
910 Instruction *I, *UsedI;
Benjamin Kramerd6f1f842014-03-02 13:30:33 +0000911 std::tie(UsedI, I) = Uses.pop_back_val();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000912
913 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000914 Size = std::max(Size, DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000915 continue;
916 }
917 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
918 Value *Op = SI->getOperand(0);
919 if (Op == UsedI)
920 return SI;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000921 Size = std::max(Size, DL.getTypeStoreSize(Op->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000922 continue;
923 }
924
925 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
926 if (!GEP->hasAllZeroIndices())
927 return GEP;
928 } else if (!isa<BitCastInst>(I) && !isa<PHINode>(I) &&
929 !isa<SelectInst>(I)) {
930 return I;
931 }
932
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000933 for (User *U : I->users())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000934 if (Visited.insert(cast<Instruction>(U)).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000935 Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(I, cast<Instruction>(U)));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000936 } while (!Uses.empty());
937
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000938 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000939 }
940
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000941 void visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) {
942 assert(isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<SelectInst>(I));
943 if (I.use_empty())
944 return markAsDead(I);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000945
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000946 // TODO: We could use SimplifyInstruction here to fold PHINodes and
947 // SelectInsts. However, doing so requires to change the current
948 // dead-operand-tracking mechanism. For instance, suppose neither loading
949 // from %U nor %other traps. Then "load (select undef, %U, %other)" does not
950 // trap either. However, if we simply replace %U with undef using the
951 // current dead-operand-tracking mechanism, "load (select undef, undef,
952 // %other)" may trap because the select may return the first operand
953 // "undef".
954 if (Value *Result = foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(I)) {
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000955 if (Result == *U)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000956 // If the result of the constant fold will be the pointer, recurse
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000957 // through the PHI/select as if we had RAUW'ed it.
958 enqueueUsers(I);
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000959 else
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000960 // Otherwise the operand to the PHI/select is dead, and we can replace
961 // it with undef.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000962 AS.DeadOperands.push_back(U);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000963
964 return;
965 }
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000966
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000967 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000968 return PI.setAborted(&I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000969
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000970 // See if we already have computed info on this node.
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000971 uint64_t &Size = PHIOrSelectSizes[&I];
972 if (!Size) {
973 // This is a new PHI/Select, check for an unsafe use of it.
974 if (Instruction *UnsafeI = hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(&I, Size))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000975 return PI.setAborted(UnsafeI);
976 }
977
978 // For PHI and select operands outside the alloca, we can't nuke the entire
979 // phi or select -- the other side might still be relevant, so we special
980 // case them here and use a separate structure to track the operands
981 // themselves which should be replaced with undef.
982 // FIXME: This should instead be escaped in the event we're instrumenting
983 // for address sanitization.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000984 if (Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000985 AS.DeadOperands.push_back(U);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000986 return;
987 }
988
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000989 insertUse(I, Offset, Size);
990 }
991
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000992 void visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(PN); }
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000993
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000994 void visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(SI); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000995
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000996 /// \brief Disable SROA entirely if there are unhandled users of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000997 void visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { PI.setAborted(&I); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000998};
999
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001000AllocaSlices::AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI)
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +00001001 :
1002#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1003 AI(AI),
1004#endif
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001005 PointerEscapingInstr(nullptr) {
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +00001006 SliceBuilder PB(DL, AI, *this);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001007 SliceBuilder::PtrInfo PtrI = PB.visitPtr(AI);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +00001008 if (PtrI.isEscaped() || PtrI.isAborted()) {
1009 // FIXME: We should sink the escape vs. abort info into the caller nicely,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001010 // possibly by just storing the PtrInfo in the AllocaSlices.
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +00001011 PointerEscapingInstr = PtrI.getEscapingInst() ? PtrI.getEscapingInst()
1012 : PtrI.getAbortingInst();
1013 assert(PointerEscapingInstr && "Did not track a bad instruction");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001014 return;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +00001015 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001016
Benjamin Kramer08e50702013-07-20 08:38:34 +00001017 Slices.erase(std::remove_if(Slices.begin(), Slices.end(),
Chandler Carruth68ea4152014-12-18 05:19:47 +00001018 [](const Slice &S) {
1019 return S.isDead();
1020 }),
Benjamin Kramer08e50702013-07-20 08:38:34 +00001021 Slices.end());
1022
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +00001023#if __cplusplus >= 201103L && !defined(NDEBUG)
1024 if (SROARandomShuffleSlices) {
1025 std::mt19937 MT(static_cast<unsigned>(sys::TimeValue::now().msec()));
1026 std::shuffle(Slices.begin(), Slices.end(), MT);
1027 }
1028#endif
1029
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +00001030 // Sort the uses. This arranges for the offsets to be in ascending order,
1031 // and the sizes to be in descending order.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001032 std::sort(Slices.begin(), Slices.end());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001033}
1034
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +00001035#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1036
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001037void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1038 StringRef Indent) const {
1039 printSlice(OS, I, Indent);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001040 OS << "\n";
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001041 printUse(OS, I, Indent);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001042}
1043
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001044void AllocaSlices::printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1045 StringRef Indent) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001046 OS << Indent << "[" << I->beginOffset() << "," << I->endOffset() << ")"
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001047 << " slice #" << (I - begin())
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001048 << (I->isSplittable() ? " (splittable)" : "");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001049}
1050
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001051void AllocaSlices::printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1052 StringRef Indent) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001053 OS << Indent << " used by: " << *I->getUse()->getUser() << "\n";
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001054}
1055
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001056void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001057 if (PointerEscapingInstr) {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001058 OS << "Can't analyze slices for alloca: " << AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001059 << " A pointer to this alloca escaped by:\n"
1060 << " " << *PointerEscapingInstr << "\n";
1061 return;
1062 }
1063
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001064 OS << "Slices of alloca: " << AI << "\n";
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001065 for (const_iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001066 print(OS, I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001067}
1068
Alp Tokerf929e092014-01-04 22:47:48 +00001069LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump(const_iterator I) const {
1070 print(dbgs(), I);
1071}
1072LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump() const { print(dbgs()); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001073
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +00001074#endif // !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1075
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001076namespace {
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001077/// \brief Implementation of LoadAndStorePromoter for promoting allocas.
1078///
1079/// This subclass of LoadAndStorePromoter adds overrides to handle promoting
1080/// the loads and stores of an alloca instruction, as well as updating its
1081/// debug information. This is used when a domtree is unavailable and thus
1082/// mem2reg in its full form can't be used to handle promotion of allocas to
1083/// scalar values.
1084class AllocaPromoter : public LoadAndStorePromoter {
1085 AllocaInst &AI;
1086 DIBuilder &DIB;
1087
1088 SmallVector<DbgDeclareInst *, 4> DDIs;
1089 SmallVector<DbgValueInst *, 4> DVIs;
1090
1091public:
Pete Cooper41e0ee32015-05-13 01:12:16 +00001092 AllocaPromoter(ArrayRef<const Instruction *> Insts,
1093 SSAUpdater &S,
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001094 AllocaInst &AI, DIBuilder &DIB)
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00001095 : LoadAndStorePromoter(Insts, S), AI(AI), DIB(DIB) {}
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001096
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001097 void run(const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Insts) {
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00001098 // Retain the debug information attached to the alloca for use when
1099 // rewriting loads and stores.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5bf8fef2014-12-09 18:38:53 +00001100 if (auto *L = LocalAsMetadata::getIfExists(&AI)) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smitha9308c42015-04-29 16:38:44 +00001101 if (auto *DINode = MetadataAsValue::getIfExists(AI.getContext(), L)) {
1102 for (User *U : DINode->users())
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5bf8fef2014-12-09 18:38:53 +00001103 if (DbgDeclareInst *DDI = dyn_cast<DbgDeclareInst>(U))
1104 DDIs.push_back(DDI);
1105 else if (DbgValueInst *DVI = dyn_cast<DbgValueInst>(U))
1106 DVIs.push_back(DVI);
1107 }
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001108 }
1109
1110 LoadAndStorePromoter::run(Insts);
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00001111
1112 // While we have the debug information, clear it off of the alloca. The
1113 // caller takes care of deleting the alloca.
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001114 while (!DDIs.empty())
1115 DDIs.pop_back_val()->eraseFromParent();
1116 while (!DVIs.empty())
1117 DVIs.pop_back_val()->eraseFromParent();
1118 }
1119
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001120 bool
1121 isInstInList(Instruction *I,
1122 const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Insts) const override {
Chandler Carruthc17283b2013-08-11 01:56:15 +00001123 Value *Ptr;
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001124 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
Chandler Carruthc17283b2013-08-11 01:56:15 +00001125 Ptr = LI->getOperand(0);
1126 else
1127 Ptr = cast<StoreInst>(I)->getPointerOperand();
1128
1129 // Only used to detect cycles, which will be rare and quickly found as
1130 // we're walking up a chain of defs rather than down through uses.
1131 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Visited;
1132
1133 do {
1134 if (Ptr == &AI)
1135 return true;
1136
1137 if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Ptr))
1138 Ptr = BCI->getOperand(0);
1139 else if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Ptr))
1140 Ptr = GEPI->getPointerOperand();
1141 else
1142 return false;
1143
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001144 } while (Visited.insert(Ptr).second);
Chandler Carruthc17283b2013-08-11 01:56:15 +00001145
1146 return false;
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001147 }
1148
Craig Topper3e4c6972014-03-05 09:10:37 +00001149 void updateDebugInfo(Instruction *Inst) const override {
Chandler Carruth61747042014-10-16 21:05:14 +00001150 for (DbgDeclareInst *DDI : DDIs)
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001151 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst))
1152 ConvertDebugDeclareToDebugValue(DDI, SI, DIB);
1153 else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst))
1154 ConvertDebugDeclareToDebugValue(DDI, LI, DIB);
Chandler Carruth61747042014-10-16 21:05:14 +00001155 for (DbgValueInst *DVI : DVIs) {
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001156 Value *Arg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001157 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst)) {
1158 // If an argument is zero extended then use argument directly. The ZExt
1159 // may be zapped by an optimization pass in future.
1160 if (ZExtInst *ZExt = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(SI->getOperand(0)))
1161 Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(ZExt->getOperand(0));
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00001162 else if (SExtInst *SExt = dyn_cast<SExtInst>(SI->getOperand(0)))
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001163 Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(SExt->getOperand(0));
1164 if (!Arg)
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00001165 Arg = SI->getValueOperand();
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001166 } else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst)) {
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00001167 Arg = LI->getPointerOperand();
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001168 } else {
1169 continue;
1170 }
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith60635e32015-04-21 18:44:06 +00001171 DIB.insertDbgValueIntrinsic(Arg, 0, DVI->getVariable(),
1172 DVI->getExpression(), DVI->getDebugLoc(),
1173 Inst);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001174 }
1175 }
1176};
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +00001177} // end anon namespace
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001178
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001179namespace {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001180/// \brief An optimization pass providing Scalar Replacement of Aggregates.
1181///
1182/// This pass takes allocations which can be completely analyzed (that is, they
1183/// don't escape) and tries to turn them into scalar SSA values. There are
1184/// a few steps to this process.
1185///
1186/// 1) It takes allocations of aggregates and analyzes the ways in which they
1187/// are used to try to split them into smaller allocations, ideally of
1188/// a single scalar data type. It will split up memcpy and memset accesses
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00001189/// as necessary and try to isolate individual scalar accesses.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001190/// 2) It will transform accesses into forms which are suitable for SSA value
1191/// promotion. This can be replacing a memset with a scalar store of an
1192/// integer value, or it can involve speculating operations on a PHI or
1193/// select to be a PHI or select of the results.
1194/// 3) Finally, this will try to detect a pattern of accesses which map cleanly
1195/// onto insert and extract operations on a vector value, and convert them to
1196/// this form. By doing so, it will enable promotion of vector aggregates to
1197/// SSA vector values.
1198class SROA : public FunctionPass {
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001199 const bool RequiresDomTree;
1200
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001201 LLVMContext *C;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001202 DominatorTree *DT;
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +00001203 AssumptionCache *AC;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001204
1205 /// \brief Worklist of alloca instructions to simplify.
1206 ///
1207 /// Each alloca in the function is added to this. Each new alloca formed gets
1208 /// added to it as well to recursively simplify unless that alloca can be
1209 /// directly promoted. Finally, each time we rewrite a use of an alloca other
1210 /// the one being actively rewritten, we add it back onto the list if not
1211 /// already present to ensure it is re-visited.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001212 SetVector<AllocaInst *, SmallVector<AllocaInst *, 16>> Worklist;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001213
1214 /// \brief A collection of instructions to delete.
1215 /// We try to batch deletions to simplify code and make things a bit more
1216 /// efficient.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001217 SetVector<Instruction *, SmallVector<Instruction *, 8>> DeadInsts;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001218
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00001219 /// \brief Post-promotion worklist.
1220 ///
1221 /// Sometimes we discover an alloca which has a high probability of becoming
1222 /// viable for SROA after a round of promotion takes place. In those cases,
1223 /// the alloca is enqueued here for re-processing.
1224 ///
1225 /// Note that we have to be very careful to clear allocas out of this list in
1226 /// the event they are deleted.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001227 SetVector<AllocaInst *, SmallVector<AllocaInst *, 16>> PostPromotionWorklist;
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00001228
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001229 /// \brief A collection of alloca instructions we can directly promote.
1230 std::vector<AllocaInst *> PromotableAllocas;
1231
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001232 /// \brief A worklist of PHIs to speculate prior to promoting allocas.
1233 ///
1234 /// All of these PHIs have been checked for the safety of speculation and by
1235 /// being speculated will allow promoting allocas currently in the promotable
1236 /// queue.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001237 SetVector<PHINode *, SmallVector<PHINode *, 2>> SpeculatablePHIs;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001238
1239 /// \brief A worklist of select instructions to speculate prior to promoting
1240 /// allocas.
1241 ///
1242 /// All of these select instructions have been checked for the safety of
1243 /// speculation and by being speculated will allow promoting allocas
1244 /// currently in the promotable queue.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001245 SetVector<SelectInst *, SmallVector<SelectInst *, 2>> SpeculatableSelects;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001246
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001247public:
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001248 SROA(bool RequiresDomTree = true)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001249 : FunctionPass(ID), RequiresDomTree(RequiresDomTree), C(nullptr),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001250 DT(nullptr) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001251 initializeSROAPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
1252 }
Craig Topper3e4c6972014-03-05 09:10:37 +00001253 bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override;
1254 void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001255
Craig Topper3e4c6972014-03-05 09:10:37 +00001256 const char *getPassName() const override { return "SROA"; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001257 static char ID;
1258
1259private:
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00001260 friend class PHIOrSelectSpeculator;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001261 friend class AllocaSliceRewriter;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001262
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001263 bool presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS);
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00001264 AllocaInst *rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS,
1265 AllocaSlices::Partition &P);
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00001266 bool splitAlloca(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001267 bool runOnAlloca(AllocaInst &AI);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00001268 void clobberUse(Use &U);
Craig Topper71b7b682014-08-21 05:55:13 +00001269 void deleteDeadInstructions(SmallPtrSetImpl<AllocaInst *> &DeletedAllocas);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001270 bool promoteAllocas(Function &F);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001271};
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +00001272}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001273
1274char SROA::ID = 0;
1275
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001276FunctionPass *llvm::createSROAPass(bool RequiresDomTree) {
1277 return new SROA(RequiresDomTree);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001278}
1279
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001280INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(SROA, "sroa", "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates", false,
1281 false)
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +00001282INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
Chandler Carruth73523022014-01-13 13:07:17 +00001283INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001284INITIALIZE_PASS_END(SROA, "sroa", "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates", false,
1285 false)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001286
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001287/// Walk the range of a partitioning looking for a common type to cover this
1288/// sequence of slices.
1289static Type *findCommonType(AllocaSlices::const_iterator B,
1290 AllocaSlices::const_iterator E,
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001291 uint64_t EndOffset) {
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001292 Type *Ty = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001293 bool TyIsCommon = true;
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001294 IntegerType *ITy = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001295
1296 // Note that we need to look at *every* alloca slice's Use to ensure we
1297 // always get consistent results regardless of the order of slices.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001298 for (AllocaSlices::const_iterator I = B; I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001299 Use *U = I->getUse();
1300 if (isa<IntrinsicInst>(*U->getUser()))
1301 continue;
1302 if (I->beginOffset() != B->beginOffset() || I->endOffset() != EndOffset)
1303 continue;
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001304
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001305 Type *UserTy = nullptr;
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001306 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001307 UserTy = LI->getType();
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001308 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001309 UserTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001310 }
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001311
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001312 if (IntegerType *UserITy = dyn_cast_or_null<IntegerType>(UserTy)) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001313 // If the type is larger than the partition, skip it. We only encounter
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001314 // this for split integer operations where we want to use the type of the
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001315 // entity causing the split. Also skip if the type is not a byte width
1316 // multiple.
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001317 if (UserITy->getBitWidth() % 8 != 0 ||
1318 UserITy->getBitWidth() / 8 > (EndOffset - B->beginOffset()))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001319 continue;
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001320
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001321 // Track the largest bitwidth integer type used in this way in case there
1322 // is no common type.
1323 if (!ITy || ITy->getBitWidth() < UserITy->getBitWidth())
1324 ITy = UserITy;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001325 }
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith73686d32014-06-17 00:19:35 +00001326
1327 // To avoid depending on the order of slices, Ty and TyIsCommon must not
1328 // depend on types skipped above.
1329 if (!UserTy || (Ty && Ty != UserTy))
1330 TyIsCommon = false; // Give up on anything but an iN type.
1331 else
1332 Ty = UserTy;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001333 }
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001334
1335 return TyIsCommon ? Ty : ITy;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001336}
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001337
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001338/// PHI instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be
1339/// rewritten to load both input pointers in the pred blocks and then PHI the
1340/// results, allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted.
1341/// From this:
1342/// %P2 = phi [i32* %Alloca, i32* %Other]
1343/// %V = load i32* %P2
1344/// to:
1345/// %V1 = load i32* %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd
1346/// ...
1347/// %V2 = load i32* %Other
1348/// ...
1349/// %V = phi [i32 %V1, i32 %V2]
1350///
1351/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operands
1352/// to the select can be loaded unconditionally.
1353///
1354/// FIXME: This should be hoisted into a generic utility, likely in
1355/// Transforms/Util/Local.h
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001356static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode &PN) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001357 // For now, we can only do this promotion if the load is in the same block
1358 // as the PHI, and if there are no stores between the phi and load.
1359 // TODO: Allow recursive phi users.
1360 // TODO: Allow stores.
1361 BasicBlock *BB = PN.getParent();
1362 unsigned MaxAlign = 0;
1363 bool HaveLoad = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001364 for (User *U : PN.users()) {
1365 LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U);
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001366 if (!LI || !LI->isSimple())
Chandler Carruthe74ff4c2013-07-15 10:30:19 +00001367 return false;
Chandler Carruthe74ff4c2013-07-15 10:30:19 +00001368
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001369 // For now we only allow loads in the same block as the PHI. This is
1370 // a common case that happens when instcombine merges two loads through
1371 // a PHI.
1372 if (LI->getParent() != BB)
1373 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001374
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001375 // Ensure that there are no instructions between the PHI and the load that
1376 // could store.
1377 for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI = &PN; &*BBI != LI; ++BBI)
1378 if (BBI->mayWriteToMemory())
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001379 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001380
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001381 MaxAlign = std::max(MaxAlign, LI->getAlignment());
1382 HaveLoad = true;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001383 }
1384
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001385 if (!HaveLoad)
1386 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001387
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001388 const DataLayout &DL = PN.getModule()->getDataLayout();
1389
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001390 // We can only transform this if it is safe to push the loads into the
1391 // predecessor blocks. The only thing to watch out for is that we can't put
1392 // a possibly trapping load in the predecessor if it is a critical edge.
1393 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) {
1394 TerminatorInst *TI = PN.getIncomingBlock(Idx)->getTerminator();
1395 Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(Idx);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001396
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001397 // If the value is produced by the terminator of the predecessor (an
1398 // invoke) or it has side-effects, there is no valid place to put a load
1399 // in the predecessor.
1400 if (TI == InVal || TI->mayHaveSideEffects())
1401 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001402
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001403 // If the predecessor has a single successor, then the edge isn't
1404 // critical.
1405 if (TI->getNumSuccessors() == 1)
1406 continue;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001407
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001408 // If this pointer is always safe to load, or if we can prove that there
1409 // is already a load in the block, then we can move the load to the pred
1410 // block.
Philip Reames5461d452015-04-23 17:36:48 +00001411 if (isDereferenceablePointer(InVal, DL) ||
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001412 isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(InVal, TI, MaxAlign))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001413 continue;
1414
1415 return false;
1416 }
1417
1418 return true;
1419}
1420
1421static void speculatePHINodeLoads(PHINode &PN) {
1422 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n");
1423
1424 Type *LoadTy = cast<PointerType>(PN.getType())->getElementType();
1425 IRBuilderTy PHIBuilder(&PN);
1426 PHINode *NewPN = PHIBuilder.CreatePHI(LoadTy, PN.getNumIncomingValues(),
1427 PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculated");
1428
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001429 // Get the AA tags and alignment to use from one of the loads. It doesn't
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001430 // matter which one we get and if any differ.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001431 LoadInst *SomeLoad = cast<LoadInst>(PN.user_back());
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001432
1433 AAMDNodes AATags;
1434 SomeLoad->getAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001435 unsigned Align = SomeLoad->getAlignment();
1436
1437 // Rewrite all loads of the PN to use the new PHI.
1438 while (!PN.use_empty()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001439 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(PN.user_back());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001440 LI->replaceAllUsesWith(NewPN);
1441 LI->eraseFromParent();
1442 }
1443
1444 // Inject loads into all of the pred blocks.
1445 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) {
1446 BasicBlock *Pred = PN.getIncomingBlock(Idx);
1447 TerminatorInst *TI = Pred->getTerminator();
1448 Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(Idx);
1449 IRBuilderTy PredBuilder(TI);
1450
1451 LoadInst *Load = PredBuilder.CreateLoad(
1452 InVal, (PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load." + Pred->getName()));
1453 ++NumLoadsSpeculated;
1454 Load->setAlignment(Align);
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001455 if (AATags)
1456 Load->setAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001457 NewPN->addIncoming(Load, Pred);
1458 }
1459
1460 DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *NewPN << "\n");
1461 PN.eraseFromParent();
1462}
1463
1464/// Select instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be
1465/// rewritten to load both input pointers and then select between the result,
1466/// allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted.
1467/// From this:
1468/// %P2 = select i1 %cond, i32* %Alloca, i32* %Other
1469/// %V = load i32* %P2
1470/// to:
1471/// %V1 = load i32* %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd
1472/// %V2 = load i32* %Other
1473/// %V = select i1 %cond, i32 %V1, i32 %V2
1474///
1475/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operand
1476/// to the select can be loaded unconditionally.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001477static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001478 Value *TValue = SI.getTrueValue();
1479 Value *FValue = SI.getFalseValue();
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001480 const DataLayout &DL = SI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Philip Reames5461d452015-04-23 17:36:48 +00001481 bool TDerefable = isDereferenceablePointer(TValue, DL);
1482 bool FDerefable = isDereferenceablePointer(FValue, DL);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001483
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001484 for (User *U : SI.users()) {
1485 LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U);
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001486 if (!LI || !LI->isSimple())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001487 return false;
1488
1489 // Both operands to the select need to be dereferencable, either
1490 // absolutely (e.g. allocas) or at this point because we can see other
1491 // accesses to it.
1492 if (!TDerefable &&
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001493 !isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(TValue, LI, LI->getAlignment()))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001494 return false;
1495 if (!FDerefable &&
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001496 !isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(FValue, LI, LI->getAlignment()))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001497 return false;
1498 }
1499
1500 return true;
1501}
1502
1503static void speculateSelectInstLoads(SelectInst &SI) {
1504 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
1505
1506 IRBuilderTy IRB(&SI);
1507 Value *TV = SI.getTrueValue();
1508 Value *FV = SI.getFalseValue();
1509 // Replace the loads of the select with a select of two loads.
1510 while (!SI.use_empty()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001511 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI.user_back());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001512 assert(LI->isSimple() && "We only speculate simple loads");
1513
1514 IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI);
1515 LoadInst *TL =
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001516 IRB.CreateLoad(TV, LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.true");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001517 LoadInst *FL =
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001518 IRB.CreateLoad(FV, LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.false");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001519 NumLoadsSpeculated += 2;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001520
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001521 // Transfer alignment and AA info if present.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001522 TL->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment());
1523 FL->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment());
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001524
1525 AAMDNodes Tags;
1526 LI->getAAMetadata(Tags);
1527 if (Tags) {
1528 TL->setAAMetadata(Tags);
1529 FL->setAAMetadata(Tags);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001530 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001531
1532 Value *V = IRB.CreateSelect(SI.getCondition(), TL, FL,
1533 LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculated");
1534
1535 DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *V << "\n");
1536 LI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
1537 LI->eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001538 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001539 SI.eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001540}
1541
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001542/// \brief Build a GEP out of a base pointer and indices.
1543///
1544/// This will return the BasePtr if that is valid, or build a new GEP
1545/// instruction using the IRBuilder if GEP-ing is needed.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00001546static Value *buildGEP(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *BasePtr,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001547 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices, Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001548 if (Indices.empty())
1549 return BasePtr;
1550
1551 // A single zero index is a no-op, so check for this and avoid building a GEP
1552 // in that case.
1553 if (Indices.size() == 1 && cast<ConstantInt>(Indices.back())->isZero())
1554 return BasePtr;
1555
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00001556 return IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(nullptr, BasePtr, Indices,
1557 NamePrefix + "sroa_idx");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001558}
1559
1560/// \brief Get a natural GEP off of the BasePtr walking through Ty toward
1561/// TargetTy without changing the offset of the pointer.
1562///
1563/// This routine assumes we've already established a properly offset GEP with
1564/// Indices, and arrived at the Ty type. The goal is to continue to GEP with
1565/// zero-indices down through type layers until we find one the same as
1566/// TargetTy. If we can't find one with the same type, we at least try to use
1567/// one with the same size. If none of that works, we just produce the GEP as
1568/// indicated by Indices to have the correct offset.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001569static Value *getNaturalGEPWithType(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001570 Value *BasePtr, Type *Ty, Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001571 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1572 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001573 if (Ty == TargetTy)
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001574 return buildGEP(IRB, BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001575
Chandler Carruthdfb2efd2014-02-26 10:08:16 +00001576 // Pointer size to use for the indices.
1577 unsigned PtrSize = DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(BasePtr->getType());
1578
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001579 // See if we can descend into a struct and locate a field with the correct
1580 // type.
1581 unsigned NumLayers = 0;
1582 Type *ElementTy = Ty;
1583 do {
1584 if (ElementTy->isPointerTy())
1585 break;
Chandler Carruthdfb2efd2014-02-26 10:08:16 +00001586
1587 if (ArrayType *ArrayTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(ElementTy)) {
1588 ElementTy = ArrayTy->getElementType();
1589 Indices.push_back(IRB.getIntN(PtrSize, 0));
1590 } else if (VectorType *VectorTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(ElementTy)) {
1591 ElementTy = VectorTy->getElementType();
1592 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(0));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001593 } else if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(ElementTy)) {
Chandler Carruth503eb2b2012-10-09 01:58:35 +00001594 if (STy->element_begin() == STy->element_end())
1595 break; // Nothing left to descend into.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001596 ElementTy = *STy->element_begin();
1597 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(0));
1598 } else {
1599 break;
1600 }
1601 ++NumLayers;
1602 } while (ElementTy != TargetTy);
1603 if (ElementTy != TargetTy)
1604 Indices.erase(Indices.end() - NumLayers, Indices.end());
1605
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001606 return buildGEP(IRB, BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001607}
1608
1609/// \brief Recursively compute indices for a natural GEP.
1610///
1611/// This is the recursive step for getNaturalGEPWithOffset that walks down the
1612/// element types adding appropriate indices for the GEP.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001613static Value *getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001614 Value *Ptr, Type *Ty, APInt &Offset,
1615 Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001616 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1617 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001618 if (Offset == 0)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001619 return getNaturalGEPWithType(IRB, DL, Ptr, Ty, TargetTy, Indices,
1620 NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001621
1622 // We can't recurse through pointer types.
1623 if (Ty->isPointerTy())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001624 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001625
Chandler Carruthdd3cea82012-09-14 10:30:40 +00001626 // We try to analyze GEPs over vectors here, but note that these GEPs are
1627 // extremely poorly defined currently. The long-term goal is to remove GEPing
1628 // over a vector from the IR completely.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001629 if (VectorType *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001630 unsigned ElementSizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VecTy->getScalarType());
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001631 if (ElementSizeInBits % 8 != 0) {
1632 // GEPs over non-multiple of 8 size vector elements are invalid.
1633 return nullptr;
1634 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001635 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), ElementSizeInBits / 8);
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001636 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001637 if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(VecTy->getNumElements()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001638 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001639 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1640 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001641 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, VecTy->getElementType(),
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001642 Offset, TargetTy, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001643 }
1644
1645 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
1646 Type *ElementTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001647 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy));
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001648 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001649 if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(ArrTy->getNumElements()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001650 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001651
1652 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1653 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001654 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001655 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001656 }
1657
1658 StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty);
1659 if (!STy)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001660 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001661
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001662 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001663 uint64_t StructOffset = Offset.getZExtValue();
Chandler Carruthcabd96c2012-09-14 10:30:42 +00001664 if (StructOffset >= SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001665 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001666 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(StructOffset);
1667 Offset -= APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(Index));
1668 Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001669 if (Offset.uge(DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy)))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001670 return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001671
1672 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Index));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001673 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001674 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001675}
1676
1677/// \brief Get a natural GEP from a base pointer to a particular offset and
1678/// resulting in a particular type.
1679///
1680/// The goal is to produce a "natural" looking GEP that works with the existing
1681/// composite types to arrive at the appropriate offset and element type for
1682/// a pointer. TargetTy is the element type the returned GEP should point-to if
1683/// possible. We recurse by decreasing Offset, adding the appropriate index to
1684/// Indices, and setting Ty to the result subtype.
1685///
Chandler Carruth93a21e72012-09-14 10:18:49 +00001686/// If no natural GEP can be constructed, this function returns null.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001687static Value *getNaturalGEPWithOffset(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001688 Value *Ptr, APInt Offset, Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001689 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1690 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001691 PointerType *Ty = cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType());
1692
1693 // Don't consider any GEPs through an i8* as natural unless the TargetTy is
1694 // an i8.
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00001695 if (Ty == IRB.getInt8PtrTy(Ty->getAddressSpace()) && TargetTy->isIntegerTy(8))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001696 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001697
1698 Type *ElementTy = Ty->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth3f882d42012-09-18 22:37:19 +00001699 if (!ElementTy->isSized())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001700 return nullptr; // We can't GEP through an unsized element.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001701 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001702 if (ElementSize == 0)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001703 return nullptr; // Zero-length arrays can't help us build a natural GEP.
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001704 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001705
1706 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1707 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001708 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001709 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001710}
1711
1712/// \brief Compute an adjusted pointer from Ptr by Offset bytes where the
1713/// resulting pointer has PointerTy.
1714///
1715/// This tries very hard to compute a "natural" GEP which arrives at the offset
1716/// and produces the pointer type desired. Where it cannot, it will try to use
1717/// the natural GEP to arrive at the offset and bitcast to the type. Where that
1718/// fails, it will try to use an existing i8* and GEP to the byte offset and
1719/// bitcast to the type.
1720///
1721/// The strategy for finding the more natural GEPs is to peel off layers of the
1722/// pointer, walking back through bit casts and GEPs, searching for a base
1723/// pointer from which we can compute a natural GEP with the desired
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00001724/// properties. The algorithm tries to fold as many constant indices into
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001725/// a single GEP as possible, thus making each GEP more independent of the
1726/// surrounding code.
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001727static Value *getAdjustedPtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL, Value *Ptr,
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001728 APInt Offset, Type *PointerTy, Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001729 // Even though we don't look through PHI nodes, we could be called on an
1730 // instruction in an unreachable block, which may be on a cycle.
1731 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Visited;
1732 Visited.insert(Ptr);
1733 SmallVector<Value *, 4> Indices;
1734
1735 // We may end up computing an offset pointer that has the wrong type. If we
1736 // never are able to compute one directly that has the correct type, we'll
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001737 // fall back to it, so keep it and the base it was computed from around here.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001738 Value *OffsetPtr = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001739 Value *OffsetBasePtr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001740
1741 // Remember any i8 pointer we come across to re-use if we need to do a raw
1742 // byte offset.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001743 Value *Int8Ptr = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001744 APInt Int8PtrOffset(Offset.getBitWidth(), 0);
1745
1746 Type *TargetTy = PointerTy->getPointerElementType();
1747
1748 do {
1749 // First fold any existing GEPs into the offset.
1750 while (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Ptr)) {
1751 APInt GEPOffset(Offset.getBitWidth(), 0);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001752 if (!GEP->accumulateConstantOffset(DL, GEPOffset))
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001753 break;
1754 Offset += GEPOffset;
1755 Ptr = GEP->getPointerOperand();
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001756 if (!Visited.insert(Ptr).second)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001757 break;
1758 }
1759
1760 // See if we can perform a natural GEP here.
1761 Indices.clear();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001762 if (Value *P = getNaturalGEPWithOffset(IRB, DL, Ptr, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001763 Indices, NamePrefix)) {
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001764 // If we have a new natural pointer at the offset, clear out any old
1765 // offset pointer we computed. Unless it is the base pointer or
1766 // a non-instruction, we built a GEP we don't need. Zap it.
1767 if (OffsetPtr && OffsetPtr != OffsetBasePtr)
1768 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OffsetPtr)) {
1769 assert(I->use_empty() && "Built a GEP with uses some how!");
1770 I->eraseFromParent();
1771 }
1772 OffsetPtr = P;
1773 OffsetBasePtr = Ptr;
1774 // If we also found a pointer of the right type, we're done.
1775 if (P->getType() == PointerTy)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001776 return P;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001777 }
1778
1779 // Stash this pointer if we've found an i8*.
1780 if (Ptr->getType()->isIntegerTy(8)) {
1781 Int8Ptr = Ptr;
1782 Int8PtrOffset = Offset;
1783 }
1784
1785 // Peel off a layer of the pointer and update the offset appropriately.
1786 if (Operator::getOpcode(Ptr) == Instruction::BitCast) {
1787 Ptr = cast<Operator>(Ptr)->getOperand(0);
1788 } else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(Ptr)) {
1789 if (GA->mayBeOverridden())
1790 break;
1791 Ptr = GA->getAliasee();
1792 } else {
1793 break;
1794 }
1795 assert(Ptr->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected operand type!");
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001796 } while (Visited.insert(Ptr).second);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001797
1798 if (!OffsetPtr) {
1799 if (!Int8Ptr) {
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00001800 Int8Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(
1801 Ptr, IRB.getInt8PtrTy(PointerTy->getPointerAddressSpace()),
1802 NamePrefix + "sroa_raw_cast");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001803 Int8PtrOffset = Offset;
1804 }
1805
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001806 OffsetPtr = Int8PtrOffset == 0
1807 ? Int8Ptr
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00001808 : IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(IRB.getInt8Ty(), Int8Ptr,
1809 IRB.getInt(Int8PtrOffset),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001810 NamePrefix + "sroa_raw_idx");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001811 }
1812 Ptr = OffsetPtr;
1813
1814 // On the off chance we were targeting i8*, guard the bitcast here.
1815 if (Ptr->getType() != PointerTy)
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001816 Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(Ptr, PointerTy, NamePrefix + "sroa_cast");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001817
1818 return Ptr;
1819}
1820
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001821/// \brief Compute the adjusted alignment for a load or store from an offset.
1822static unsigned getAdjustedAlignment(Instruction *I, uint64_t Offset,
1823 const DataLayout &DL) {
1824 unsigned Alignment;
1825 Type *Ty;
1826 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
1827 Alignment = LI->getAlignment();
1828 Ty = LI->getType();
1829 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
1830 Alignment = SI->getAlignment();
1831 Ty = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
1832 } else {
1833 llvm_unreachable("Only loads and stores are allowed!");
1834 }
1835
1836 if (!Alignment)
1837 Alignment = DL.getABITypeAlignment(Ty);
1838
1839 return MinAlign(Alignment, Offset);
1840}
1841
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001842/// \brief Test whether we can convert a value from the old to the new type.
1843///
1844/// This predicate should be used to guard calls to convertValue in order to
1845/// ensure that we only try to convert viable values. The strategy is that we
1846/// will peel off single element struct and array wrappings to get to an
1847/// underlying value, and convert that value.
1848static bool canConvertValue(const DataLayout &DL, Type *OldTy, Type *NewTy) {
1849 if (OldTy == NewTy)
1850 return true;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001851
1852 // For integer types, we can't handle any bit-width differences. This would
1853 // break both vector conversions with extension and introduce endianness
1854 // issues when in conjunction with loads and stores.
1855 if (isa<IntegerType>(OldTy) && isa<IntegerType>(NewTy)) {
1856 assert(cast<IntegerType>(OldTy)->getBitWidth() !=
1857 cast<IntegerType>(NewTy)->getBitWidth() &&
1858 "We can't have the same bitwidth for different int types");
1859 return false;
1860 }
1861
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001862 if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewTy) != DL.getTypeSizeInBits(OldTy))
1863 return false;
1864 if (!NewTy->isSingleValueType() || !OldTy->isSingleValueType())
1865 return false;
1866
Benjamin Kramer56262592013-09-22 11:24:58 +00001867 // We can convert pointers to integers and vice-versa. Same for vectors
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001868 // of pointers and integers.
1869 OldTy = OldTy->getScalarType();
1870 NewTy = NewTy->getScalarType();
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001871 if (NewTy->isPointerTy() || OldTy->isPointerTy()) {
1872 if (NewTy->isPointerTy() && OldTy->isPointerTy())
1873 return true;
1874 if (NewTy->isIntegerTy() || OldTy->isIntegerTy())
1875 return true;
1876 return false;
1877 }
1878
1879 return true;
1880}
1881
1882/// \brief Generic routine to convert an SSA value to a value of a different
1883/// type.
1884///
1885/// This will try various different casting techniques, such as bitcasts,
1886/// inttoptr, and ptrtoint casts. Use the \c canConvertValue predicate to test
1887/// two types for viability with this routine.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00001888static Value *convertValue(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V,
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001889 Type *NewTy) {
1890 Type *OldTy = V->getType();
1891 assert(canConvertValue(DL, OldTy, NewTy) && "Value not convertable to type");
1892
1893 if (OldTy == NewTy)
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001894 return V;
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001895
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001896 assert(!(isa<IntegerType>(OldTy) && isa<IntegerType>(NewTy)) &&
1897 "Integer types must be the exact same to convert.");
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001898
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001899 // See if we need inttoptr for this type pair. A cast involving both scalars
1900 // and vectors requires and additional bitcast.
1901 if (OldTy->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1902 NewTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) {
1903 // Expand <2 x i32> to i8* --> <2 x i32> to i64 to i8*
1904 if (OldTy->isVectorTy() && !NewTy->isVectorTy())
1905 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DL.getIntPtrType(NewTy)),
1906 NewTy);
1907
1908 // Expand i128 to <2 x i8*> --> i128 to <2 x i64> to <2 x i8*>
1909 if (!OldTy->isVectorTy() && NewTy->isVectorTy())
1910 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DL.getIntPtrType(NewTy)),
1911 NewTy);
1912
1913 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(V, NewTy);
1914 }
1915
1916 // See if we need ptrtoint for this type pair. A cast involving both scalars
1917 // and vectors requires and additional bitcast.
1918 if (OldTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy() &&
1919 NewTy->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy()) {
1920 // Expand <2 x i8*> to i128 --> <2 x i8*> to <2 x i64> to i128
1921 if (OldTy->isVectorTy() && !NewTy->isVectorTy())
1922 return IRB.CreateBitCast(IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)),
1923 NewTy);
1924
1925 // Expand i8* to <2 x i32> --> i8* to i64 to <2 x i32>
1926 if (!OldTy->isVectorTy() && NewTy->isVectorTy())
1927 return IRB.CreateBitCast(IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)),
1928 NewTy);
1929
1930 return IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, NewTy);
1931 }
1932
1933 return IRB.CreateBitCast(V, NewTy);
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001934}
1935
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001936/// \brief Test whether the given slice use can be promoted to a vector.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001937///
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00001938/// This function is called to test each entry in a partition which is slated
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001939/// for a single slice.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001940static bool isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(AllocaSlices::Partition &P,
1941 const Slice &S, VectorType *Ty,
1942 uint64_t ElementSize,
1943 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001944 // First validate the slice offsets.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001945 uint64_t BeginOffset =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001946 std::max(S.beginOffset(), P.beginOffset()) - P.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001947 uint64_t BeginIndex = BeginOffset / ElementSize;
1948 if (BeginIndex * ElementSize != BeginOffset ||
1949 BeginIndex >= Ty->getNumElements())
1950 return false;
1951 uint64_t EndOffset =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001952 std::min(S.endOffset(), P.endOffset()) - P.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001953 uint64_t EndIndex = EndOffset / ElementSize;
1954 if (EndIndex * ElementSize != EndOffset || EndIndex > Ty->getNumElements())
1955 return false;
1956
1957 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
1958 uint64_t NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001959 Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1)
1960 ? Ty->getElementType()
1961 : VectorType::get(Ty->getElementType(), NumElements);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001962
1963 Type *SplitIntTy =
1964 Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), NumElements * ElementSize * 8);
1965
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001966 Use *U = S.getUse();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001967
1968 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(U->getUser())) {
1969 if (MI->isVolatile())
1970 return false;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001971 if (!S.isSplittable())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001972 return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics.
Owen Anderson6c19ab12014-08-07 21:07:35 +00001973 } else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U->getUser())) {
1974 if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start &&
1975 II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end)
1976 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001977 } else if (U->get()->getType()->getPointerElementType()->isStructTy()) {
1978 // Disable vector promotion when there are loads or stores of an FCA.
1979 return false;
1980 } else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
1981 if (LI->isVolatile())
1982 return false;
1983 Type *LTy = LI->getType();
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001984 if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001985 assert(LTy->isIntegerTy());
1986 LTy = SplitIntTy;
1987 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001988 if (!canConvertValue(DL, SliceTy, LTy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001989 return false;
1990 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
1991 if (SI->isVolatile())
1992 return false;
1993 Type *STy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001994 if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001995 assert(STy->isIntegerTy());
1996 STy = SplitIntTy;
1997 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001998 if (!canConvertValue(DL, STy, SliceTy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001999 return false;
Chandler Carruth1ed848d2013-07-19 10:57:32 +00002000 } else {
2001 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002002 }
2003
2004 return true;
2005}
2006
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002007/// \brief Test whether the given alloca partitioning and range of slices can be
2008/// promoted to a vector.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002009///
2010/// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite a particular alloca
2011/// partition (and its newly formed alloca) into a vector alloca with only
2012/// whole-vector loads and stores such that it could be promoted to a vector
2013/// SSA value. We only can ensure this for a limited set of operations, and we
2014/// don't want to do the rewrites unless we are confident that the result will
2015/// be promotable, so we have an early test here.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002016static VectorType *isVectorPromotionViable(AllocaSlices::Partition &P,
2017 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002018 // Collect the candidate types for vector-based promotion. Also track whether
2019 // we have different element types.
2020 SmallVector<VectorType *, 4> CandidateTys;
2021 Type *CommonEltTy = nullptr;
2022 bool HaveCommonEltTy = true;
2023 auto CheckCandidateType = [&](Type *Ty) {
2024 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
2025 CandidateTys.push_back(VTy);
2026 if (!CommonEltTy)
2027 CommonEltTy = VTy->getElementType();
2028 else if (CommonEltTy != VTy->getElementType())
2029 HaveCommonEltTy = false;
2030 }
2031 };
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002032 // Consider any loads or stores that are the exact size of the slice.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002033 for (const Slice &S : P)
2034 if (S.beginOffset() == P.beginOffset() &&
2035 S.endOffset() == P.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002036 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()))
2037 CheckCandidateType(LI->getType());
2038 else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()))
2039 CheckCandidateType(SI->getValueOperand()->getType());
2040 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002041
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002042 // If we didn't find a vector type, nothing to do here.
2043 if (CandidateTys.empty())
2044 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002045
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002046 // Remove non-integer vector types if we had multiple common element types.
2047 // FIXME: It'd be nice to replace them with integer vector types, but we can't
2048 // do that until all the backends are known to produce good code for all
2049 // integer vector types.
2050 if (!HaveCommonEltTy) {
2051 CandidateTys.erase(std::remove_if(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(),
2052 [](VectorType *VTy) {
2053 return !VTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy();
2054 }),
2055 CandidateTys.end());
2056
2057 // If there were no integer vector types, give up.
2058 if (CandidateTys.empty())
2059 return nullptr;
2060
2061 // Rank the remaining candidate vector types. This is easy because we know
2062 // they're all integer vectors. We sort by ascending number of elements.
2063 auto RankVectorTypes = [&DL](VectorType *RHSTy, VectorType *LHSTy) {
2064 assert(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(RHSTy) == DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LHSTy) &&
2065 "Cannot have vector types of different sizes!");
2066 assert(RHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2067 "All non-integer types eliminated!");
2068 assert(LHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2069 "All non-integer types eliminated!");
2070 return RHSTy->getNumElements() < LHSTy->getNumElements();
2071 };
2072 std::sort(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(), RankVectorTypes);
2073 CandidateTys.erase(
2074 std::unique(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(), RankVectorTypes),
2075 CandidateTys.end());
2076 } else {
2077// The only way to have the same element type in every vector type is to
2078// have the same vector type. Check that and remove all but one.
2079#ifndef NDEBUG
2080 for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys) {
2081 assert(VTy->getElementType() == CommonEltTy &&
2082 "Unaccounted for element type!");
2083 assert(VTy == CandidateTys[0] &&
2084 "Different vector types with the same element type!");
2085 }
2086#endif
2087 CandidateTys.resize(1);
2088 }
2089
2090 // Try each vector type, and return the one which works.
2091 auto CheckVectorTypeForPromotion = [&](VectorType *VTy) {
2092 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VTy->getElementType());
2093
2094 // While the definition of LLVM vectors is bitpacked, we don't support sizes
2095 // that aren't byte sized.
2096 if (ElementSize % 8)
2097 return false;
2098 assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VTy) % 8) == 0 &&
2099 "vector size not a multiple of element size?");
2100 ElementSize /= 8;
2101
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002102 for (const Slice &S : P)
2103 if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, S, VTy, ElementSize, DL))
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002104 return false;
2105
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002106 for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails())
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002107 if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, *S, VTy, ElementSize, DL))
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002108 return false;
2109
2110 return true;
2111 };
2112 for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys)
2113 if (CheckVectorTypeForPromotion(VTy))
2114 return VTy;
2115
2116 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002117}
2118
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002119/// \brief Test whether a slice of an alloca is valid for integer widening.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002120///
2121/// This implements the necessary checking for the \c isIntegerWideningViable
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002122/// test below on a single slice of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002123static bool isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(const Slice &S,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002124 uint64_t AllocBeginOffset,
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002125 Type *AllocaTy,
2126 const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002127 bool &WholeAllocaOp) {
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002128 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(AllocaTy);
2129
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00002130 uint64_t RelBegin = S.beginOffset() - AllocBeginOffset;
2131 uint64_t RelEnd = S.endOffset() - AllocBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002132
2133 // We can't reasonably handle cases where the load or store extends past
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00002134 // the end of the alloca's type and into its padding.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002135 if (RelEnd > Size)
2136 return false;
2137
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00002138 Use *U = S.getUse();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002139
2140 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
2141 if (LI->isVolatile())
2142 return false;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002143 // We can't handle loads that extend past the allocated memory.
2144 if (DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI->getType()) > Size)
2145 return false;
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002146 // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca
2147 // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use
2148 // vector widening instead.
2149 if (!isa<VectorType>(LI->getType()) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002150 WholeAllocaOp = true;
2151 if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType())) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002152 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(ITy))
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00002153 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002154 } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002155 !canConvertValue(DL, AllocaTy, LI->getType())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002156 // Non-integer loads need to be convertible from the alloca type so that
2157 // they are promotable.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002158 return false;
2159 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002160 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
2161 Type *ValueTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
2162 if (SI->isVolatile())
2163 return false;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002164 // We can't handle stores that extend past the allocated memory.
2165 if (DL.getTypeStoreSize(ValueTy) > Size)
2166 return false;
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002167 // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca
2168 // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use
2169 // vector widening instead.
2170 if (!isa<VectorType>(ValueTy) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002171 WholeAllocaOp = true;
2172 if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(ValueTy)) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002173 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(ITy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002174 return false;
2175 } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002176 !canConvertValue(DL, ValueTy, AllocaTy)) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002177 // Non-integer stores need to be convertible to the alloca type so that
2178 // they are promotable.
2179 return false;
2180 }
2181 } else if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(U->getUser())) {
2182 if (MI->isVolatile() || !isa<Constant>(MI->getLength()))
2183 return false;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00002184 if (!S.isSplittable())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002185 return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics.
2186 } else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U->getUser())) {
2187 if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start &&
2188 II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end)
2189 return false;
2190 } else {
2191 return false;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002192 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002193
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002194 return true;
2195}
2196
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002197/// \brief Test whether the given alloca partition's integer operations can be
2198/// widened to promotable ones.
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002199///
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002200/// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite the integer loads and
2201/// stores to a particular alloca into wider loads and stores and be able to
2202/// promote the resulting alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002203static bool isIntegerWideningViable(AllocaSlices::Partition &P, Type *AllocaTy,
2204 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002205 uint64_t SizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(AllocaTy);
Benjamin Kramer47534c72012-12-01 11:53:32 +00002206 // Don't create integer types larger than the maximum bitwidth.
2207 if (SizeInBits > IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS)
2208 return false;
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002209
2210 // Don't try to handle allocas with bit-padding.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002211 if (SizeInBits != DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002212 return false;
2213
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002214 // We need to ensure that an integer type with the appropriate bitwidth can
2215 // be converted to the alloca type, whatever that is. We don't want to force
2216 // the alloca itself to have an integer type if there is a more suitable one.
2217 Type *IntTy = Type::getIntNTy(AllocaTy->getContext(), SizeInBits);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002218 if (!canConvertValue(DL, AllocaTy, IntTy) ||
2219 !canConvertValue(DL, IntTy, AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002220 return false;
2221
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002222 // While examining uses, we ensure that the alloca has a covering load or
2223 // store. We don't want to widen the integer operations only to fail to
2224 // promote due to some other unsplittable entry (which we may make splittable
Chandler Carruth5955c9e2013-07-19 07:12:23 +00002225 // later). However, if there are only splittable uses, go ahead and assume
2226 // that we cover the alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002227 // FIXME: We shouldn't consider split slices that happen to start in the
2228 // partition here...
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00002229 bool WholeAllocaOp =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002230 P.begin() != P.end() ? false : DL.isLegalInteger(SizeInBits);
Chandler Carruth43c8b462012-10-04 10:39:28 +00002231
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002232 for (const Slice &S : P)
2233 if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(S, P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL,
2234 WholeAllocaOp))
Chandler Carruth43c8b462012-10-04 10:39:28 +00002235 return false;
2236
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002237 for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails())
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002238 if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(*S, P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL,
2239 WholeAllocaOp))
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002240 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002241
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002242 return WholeAllocaOp;
2243}
2244
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002245static Value *extractInteger(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V,
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002246 IntegerType *Ty, uint64_t Offset,
2247 const Twine &Name) {
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002248 DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002249 IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2250 assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) + Offset <= DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) &&
2251 "Element extends past full value");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002252 uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset;
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002253 if (DL.isBigEndian())
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002254 ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) - DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) - Offset);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002255 if (ShAmt) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002256 V = IRB.CreateLShr(V, ShAmt, Name + ".shift");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002257 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n");
2258 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002259 assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() &&
2260 "Cannot extract to a larger integer!");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002261 if (Ty != IntTy) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002262 V = IRB.CreateTrunc(V, Ty, Name + ".trunc");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002263 DEBUG(dbgs() << " trunced: " << *V << "\n");
2264 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002265 return V;
2266}
2267
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002268static Value *insertInteger(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old,
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002269 Value *V, uint64_t Offset, const Twine &Name) {
2270 IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(Old->getType());
2271 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2272 assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() &&
2273 "Cannot insert a larger integer!");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002274 DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n");
2275 if (Ty != IntTy) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002276 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, IntTy, Name + ".ext");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002277 DEBUG(dbgs() << " extended: " << *V << "\n");
2278 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002279 assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) + Offset <= DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) &&
2280 "Element store outside of alloca store");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002281 uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset;
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002282 if (DL.isBigEndian())
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002283 ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) - DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) - Offset);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002284 if (ShAmt) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002285 V = IRB.CreateShl(V, ShAmt, Name + ".shift");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002286 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n");
2287 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002288
2289 if (ShAmt || Ty->getBitWidth() < IntTy->getBitWidth()) {
2290 APInt Mask = ~Ty->getMask().zext(IntTy->getBitWidth()).shl(ShAmt);
2291 Old = IRB.CreateAnd(Old, Mask, Name + ".mask");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002292 DEBUG(dbgs() << " masked: " << *Old << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002293 V = IRB.CreateOr(Old, V, Name + ".insert");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002294 DEBUG(dbgs() << " inserted: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002295 }
2296 return V;
2297}
2298
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002299static Value *extractVector(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V, unsigned BeginIndex,
2300 unsigned EndIndex, const Twine &Name) {
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002301 VectorType *VecTy = cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
2302 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2303 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
2304
2305 if (NumElements == VecTy->getNumElements())
2306 return V;
2307
2308 if (NumElements == 1) {
2309 V = IRB.CreateExtractElement(V, IRB.getInt32(BeginIndex),
2310 Name + ".extract");
2311 DEBUG(dbgs() << " extract: " << *V << "\n");
2312 return V;
2313 }
2314
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002315 SmallVector<Constant *, 8> Mask;
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002316 Mask.reserve(NumElements);
2317 for (unsigned i = BeginIndex; i != EndIndex; ++i)
2318 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt32(i));
2319 V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002320 ConstantVector::get(Mask), Name + ".extract");
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002321 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n");
2322 return V;
2323}
2324
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002325static Value *insertVector(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old, Value *V,
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002326 unsigned BeginIndex, const Twine &Name) {
2327 VectorType *VecTy = cast<VectorType>(Old->getType());
2328 assert(VecTy && "Can only insert a vector into a vector");
2329
2330 VectorType *Ty = dyn_cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
2331 if (!Ty) {
2332 // Single element to insert.
2333 V = IRB.CreateInsertElement(Old, V, IRB.getInt32(BeginIndex),
2334 Name + ".insert");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002335 DEBUG(dbgs() << " insert: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002336 return V;
2337 }
2338
2339 assert(Ty->getNumElements() <= VecTy->getNumElements() &&
2340 "Too many elements!");
2341 if (Ty->getNumElements() == VecTy->getNumElements()) {
2342 assert(V->getType() == VecTy && "Vector type mismatch");
2343 return V;
2344 }
2345 unsigned EndIndex = BeginIndex + Ty->getNumElements();
2346
2347 // When inserting a smaller vector into the larger to store, we first
2348 // use a shuffle vector to widen it with undef elements, and then
2349 // a second shuffle vector to select between the loaded vector and the
2350 // incoming vector.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002351 SmallVector<Constant *, 8> Mask;
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002352 Mask.reserve(VecTy->getNumElements());
2353 for (unsigned i = 0; i != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++i)
2354 if (i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex)
2355 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt32(i - BeginIndex));
2356 else
2357 Mask.push_back(UndefValue::get(IRB.getInt32Ty()));
2358 V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002359 ConstantVector::get(Mask), Name + ".expand");
Nadav Rotem1e211912013-05-01 19:53:30 +00002360 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002361
2362 Mask.clear();
2363 for (unsigned i = 0; i != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++i)
Nadav Rotem1e211912013-05-01 19:53:30 +00002364 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt1(i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex));
2365
2366 V = IRB.CreateSelect(ConstantVector::get(Mask), V, Old, Name + "blend");
2367
2368 DEBUG(dbgs() << " blend: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002369 return V;
2370}
2371
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002372namespace {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002373/// \brief Visitor to rewrite instructions using p particular slice of an alloca
2374/// to use a new alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002375///
2376/// Also implements the rewriting to vector-based accesses when the partition
2377/// passes the isVectorPromotionViable predicate. Most of the rewriting logic
2378/// lives here.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002379class AllocaSliceRewriter : public InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool> {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002380 // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002381 friend class llvm::InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool>;
2382 typedef llvm::InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool> Base;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002383
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002384 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002385 AllocaSlices &AS;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002386 SROA &Pass;
2387 AllocaInst &OldAI, &NewAI;
2388 const uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset, NewAllocaEndOffset;
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002389 Type *NewAllocaTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002390
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002391 // This is a convenience and flag variable that will be null unless the new
2392 // alloca's integer operations should be widened to this integer type due to
2393 // passing isIntegerWideningViable above. If it is non-null, the desired
2394 // integer type will be stored here for easy access during rewriting.
2395 IntegerType *IntTy;
2396
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002397 // If we are rewriting an alloca partition which can be written as pure
2398 // vector operations, we stash extra information here. When VecTy is
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00002399 // non-null, we have some strict guarantees about the rewritten alloca:
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002400 // - The new alloca is exactly the size of the vector type here.
2401 // - The accesses all either map to the entire vector or to a single
2402 // element.
2403 // - The set of accessing instructions is only one of those handled above
2404 // in isVectorPromotionViable. Generally these are the same access kinds
2405 // which are promotable via mem2reg.
2406 VectorType *VecTy;
2407 Type *ElementTy;
2408 uint64_t ElementSize;
2409
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002410 // The original offset of the slice currently being rewritten relative to
2411 // the original alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002412 uint64_t BeginOffset, EndOffset;
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002413 // The new offsets of the slice currently being rewritten relative to the
2414 // original alloca.
2415 uint64_t NewBeginOffset, NewEndOffset;
2416
2417 uint64_t SliceSize;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002418 bool IsSplittable;
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002419 bool IsSplit;
Chandler Carruth54e8f0b2012-10-01 01:49:22 +00002420 Use *OldUse;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002421 Instruction *OldPtr;
2422
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002423 // Track post-rewrite users which are PHI nodes and Selects.
2424 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &PHIUsers;
2425 SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *> &SelectUsers;
Chandler Carruth83ea1952013-07-24 09:47:28 +00002426
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002427 // Utility IR builder, whose name prefix is setup for each visited use, and
2428 // the insertion point is set to point to the user.
2429 IRBuilderTy IRB;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002430
2431public:
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002432 AllocaSliceRewriter(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaSlices &AS, SROA &Pass,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002433 AllocaInst &OldAI, AllocaInst &NewAI,
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002434 uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset,
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002435 uint64_t NewAllocaEndOffset, bool IsIntegerPromotable,
2436 VectorType *PromotableVecTy,
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002437 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &PHIUsers,
2438 SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *> &SelectUsers)
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002439 : DL(DL), AS(AS), Pass(Pass), OldAI(OldAI), NewAI(NewAI),
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002440 NewAllocaBeginOffset(NewAllocaBeginOffset),
2441 NewAllocaEndOffset(NewAllocaEndOffset),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002442 NewAllocaTy(NewAI.getAllocatedType()),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002443 IntTy(IsIntegerPromotable
2444 ? Type::getIntNTy(
2445 NewAI.getContext(),
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002446 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewAI.getAllocatedType()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00002447 : nullptr),
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002448 VecTy(PromotableVecTy),
2449 ElementTy(VecTy ? VecTy->getElementType() : nullptr),
2450 ElementSize(VecTy ? DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) / 8 : 0),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002451 BeginOffset(), EndOffset(), IsSplittable(), IsSplit(), OldUse(),
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002452 OldPtr(), PHIUsers(PHIUsers), SelectUsers(SelectUsers),
Chandler Carruth83ea1952013-07-24 09:47:28 +00002453 IRB(NewAI.getContext(), ConstantFolder()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002454 if (VecTy) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002455 assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) % 8) == 0 &&
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002456 "Only multiple-of-8 sized vector elements are viable");
2457 ++NumVectorized;
2458 }
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002459 assert((!IntTy && !VecTy) || (IntTy && !VecTy) || (!IntTy && VecTy));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002460 }
2461
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002462 bool visit(AllocaSlices::const_iterator I) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002463 bool CanSROA = true;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002464 BeginOffset = I->beginOffset();
2465 EndOffset = I->endOffset();
2466 IsSplittable = I->isSplittable();
2467 IsSplit =
2468 BeginOffset < NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset > NewAllocaEndOffset;
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002469 DEBUG(dbgs() << " rewriting " << (IsSplit ? "split " : ""));
2470 DEBUG(AS.printSlice(dbgs(), I, ""));
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00002471 DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002472
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002473 // Compute the intersecting offset range.
2474 assert(BeginOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset);
2475 assert(EndOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2476 NewBeginOffset = std::max(BeginOffset, NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2477 NewEndOffset = std::min(EndOffset, NewAllocaEndOffset);
2478
2479 SliceSize = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
2480
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002481 OldUse = I->getUse();
2482 OldPtr = cast<Instruction>(OldUse->get());
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002483
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002484 Instruction *OldUserI = cast<Instruction>(OldUse->getUser());
2485 IRB.SetInsertPoint(OldUserI);
2486 IRB.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldUserI->getDebugLoc());
2487 IRB.SetNamePrefix(Twine(NewAI.getName()) + "." + Twine(BeginOffset) + ".");
2488
2489 CanSROA &= visit(cast<Instruction>(OldUse->getUser()));
2490 if (VecTy || IntTy)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002491 assert(CanSROA);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002492 return CanSROA;
2493 }
2494
2495private:
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002496 // Make sure the other visit overloads are visible.
2497 using Base::visit;
2498
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002499 // Every instruction which can end up as a user must have a rewrite rule.
2500 bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) {
2501 DEBUG(dbgs() << " !!!! Cannot rewrite: " << I << "\n");
2502 llvm_unreachable("No rewrite rule for this instruction!");
2503 }
2504
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002505 Value *getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Type *PointerTy) {
2506 // Note that the offset computation can use BeginOffset or NewBeginOffset
2507 // interchangeably for unsplit slices.
2508 assert(IsSplit || BeginOffset == NewBeginOffset);
2509 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2510
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002511#ifndef NDEBUG
2512 StringRef OldName = OldPtr->getName();
2513 // Skip through the last '.sroa.' component of the name.
2514 size_t LastSROAPrefix = OldName.rfind(".sroa.");
2515 if (LastSROAPrefix != StringRef::npos) {
2516 OldName = OldName.substr(LastSROAPrefix + strlen(".sroa."));
2517 // Look for an SROA slice index.
2518 size_t IndexEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of("0123456789");
2519 if (IndexEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[IndexEnd] == '.') {
2520 // Strip the index and look for the offset.
2521 OldName = OldName.substr(IndexEnd + 1);
2522 size_t OffsetEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of("0123456789");
2523 if (OffsetEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[OffsetEnd] == '.')
2524 // Strip the offset.
2525 OldName = OldName.substr(OffsetEnd + 1);
2526 }
2527 }
2528 // Strip any SROA suffixes as well.
2529 OldName = OldName.substr(0, OldName.find(".sroa_"));
2530#endif
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002531
2532 return getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, &NewAI,
2533 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), Offset), PointerTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002534#ifndef NDEBUG
2535 Twine(OldName) + "."
2536#else
2537 Twine()
2538#endif
2539 );
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002540 }
2541
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002542 /// \brief Compute suitable alignment to access this slice of the *new*
2543 /// alloca.
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002544 ///
2545 /// You can optionally pass a type to this routine and if that type's ABI
2546 /// alignment is itself suitable, this will return zero.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00002547 unsigned getSliceAlign(Type *Ty = nullptr) {
Chandler Carruth176ca712012-10-01 12:16:54 +00002548 unsigned NewAIAlign = NewAI.getAlignment();
2549 if (!NewAIAlign)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002550 NewAIAlign = DL.getABITypeAlignment(NewAI.getAllocatedType());
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002551 unsigned Align =
2552 MinAlign(NewAIAlign, NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002553 return (Ty && Align == DL.getABITypeAlignment(Ty)) ? 0 : Align;
Chandler Carruth4b2b38d2012-10-03 08:14:02 +00002554 }
2555
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002556 unsigned getIndex(uint64_t Offset) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002557 assert(VecTy && "Can only call getIndex when rewriting a vector");
2558 uint64_t RelOffset = Offset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2559 assert(RelOffset / ElementSize < UINT32_MAX && "Index out of bounds");
2560 uint32_t Index = RelOffset / ElementSize;
2561 assert(Index * ElementSize == RelOffset);
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002562 return Index;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002563 }
2564
2565 void deleteIfTriviallyDead(Value *V) {
2566 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
2567 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I))
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002568 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002569 }
2570
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002571 Value *rewriteVectorizedLoadInst() {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002572 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2573 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Chandler Carruth769445e2012-12-17 12:50:21 +00002574 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002575
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002576 Value *V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002577 return extractVector(IRB, V, BeginIndex, EndIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth769445e2012-12-17 12:50:21 +00002578 }
2579
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002580 Value *rewriteIntegerLoad(LoadInst &LI) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002581 assert(IntTy && "We cannot insert an integer to the alloca");
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002582 assert(!LI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002583 Value *V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002584 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002585 assert(NewBeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset");
2586 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2587 if (Offset > 0 || NewEndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002588 V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, cast<IntegerType>(LI.getType()), Offset,
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002589 "extract");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002590 return V;
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002591 }
2592
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002593 bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
2594 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n");
2595 Value *OldOp = LI.getOperand(0);
2596 assert(OldOp == OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002597
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002598 Type *TargetTy = IsSplit ? Type::getIntNTy(LI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8)
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002599 : LI.getType();
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002600 const bool IsLoadPastEnd = DL.getTypeStoreSize(TargetTy) > SliceSize;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002601 bool IsPtrAdjusted = false;
2602 Value *V;
2603 if (VecTy) {
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002604 V = rewriteVectorizedLoadInst();
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002605 } else if (IntTy && LI.getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002606 V = rewriteIntegerLoad(LI);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002607 } else if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002608 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset &&
2609 (canConvertValue(DL, NewAllocaTy, TargetTy) ||
2610 (IsLoadPastEnd && NewAllocaTy->isIntegerTy() &&
2611 TargetTy->isIntegerTy()))) {
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002612 LoadInst *NewLI = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
2613 LI.isVolatile(), LI.getName());
2614 if (LI.isVolatile())
2615 NewLI->setAtomic(LI.getOrdering(), LI.getSynchScope());
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002616 V = NewLI;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002617
2618 // If this is an integer load past the end of the slice (which means the
2619 // bytes outside the slice are undef or this load is dead) just forcibly
2620 // fix the integer size with correct handling of endianness.
2621 if (auto *AITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(NewAllocaTy))
2622 if (auto *TITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(TargetTy))
2623 if (AITy->getBitWidth() < TITy->getBitWidth()) {
2624 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, TITy, "load.ext");
2625 if (DL.isBigEndian())
2626 V = IRB.CreateShl(V, TITy->getBitWidth() - AITy->getBitWidth(),
2627 "endian_shift");
2628 }
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002629 } else {
2630 Type *LTy = TargetTy->getPointerTo();
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002631 LoadInst *NewLI = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, LTy),
2632 getSliceAlign(TargetTy),
2633 LI.isVolatile(), LI.getName());
2634 if (LI.isVolatile())
2635 NewLI->setAtomic(LI.getOrdering(), LI.getSynchScope());
2636
2637 V = NewLI;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002638 IsPtrAdjusted = true;
2639 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002640 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, TargetTy);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002641
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002642 if (IsSplit) {
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002643 assert(!LI.isVolatile());
2644 assert(LI.getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2645 "Only integer type loads and stores are split");
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002646 assert(SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType()) &&
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002647 "Split load isn't smaller than original load");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002648 assert(LI.getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() ==
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002649 DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(LI.getType()) &&
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002650 "Non-byte-multiple bit width");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002651 // Move the insertion point just past the load so that we can refer to it.
Benjamin Kramerb6d0bd42014-03-02 12:27:27 +00002652 IRB.SetInsertPoint(std::next(BasicBlock::iterator(&LI)));
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002653 // Create a placeholder value with the same type as LI to use as the
2654 // basis for the new value. This allows us to replace the uses of LI with
2655 // the computed value, and then replace the placeholder with LI, leaving
2656 // LI only used for this computation.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002657 Value *Placeholder =
2658 new LoadInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()->getPointerTo()));
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00002659 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Placeholder, V, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset,
2660 "insert");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002661 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
2662 Placeholder->replaceAllUsesWith(&LI);
Jakub Staszak4e45abf2012-11-01 01:10:43 +00002663 delete Placeholder;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002664 } else {
2665 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002666 }
2667
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002668 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&LI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002669 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002670 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *V << "\n");
2671 return !LI.isVolatile() && !IsPtrAdjusted;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002672 }
2673
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002674 bool rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(Value *V, StoreInst &SI, Value *OldOp) {
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002675 if (V->getType() != VecTy) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002676 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2677 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002678 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
2679 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2680 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002681 Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1)
2682 ? ElementTy
2683 : VectorType::get(ElementTy, NumElements);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002684 if (V->getType() != SliceTy)
2685 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, SliceTy);
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002686
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002687 // Mix in the existing elements.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002688 Value *Old = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002689 V = insertVector(IRB, Old, V, BeginIndex, "vec");
2690 }
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002691 StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002692 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002693
2694 (void)Store;
2695 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
2696 return true;
2697 }
2698
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002699 bool rewriteIntegerStore(Value *V, StoreInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002700 assert(IntTy && "We cannot extract an integer from the alloca");
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002701 assert(!SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002702 if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()) != IntTy->getBitWidth()) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002703 Value *Old =
2704 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002705 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002706 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset");
2707 uint64_t Offset = BeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002708 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, SI.getValueOperand(), Offset, "insert");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002709 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002710 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002711 StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002712 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002713 (void)Store;
2714 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
2715 return true;
2716 }
2717
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002718 bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
2719 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
2720 Value *OldOp = SI.getOperand(1);
2721 assert(OldOp == OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002722
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002723 Value *V = SI.getValueOperand();
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002724
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00002725 // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root
2726 // alloca that should be re-examined after promoting this alloca.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002727 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
2728 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(V->stripInBoundsOffsets()))
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00002729 Pass.PostPromotionWorklist.insert(AI);
2730
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002731 if (SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(V->getType())) {
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002732 assert(!SI.isVolatile());
2733 assert(V->getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2734 "Only integer type loads and stores are split");
2735 assert(V->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() ==
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002736 DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(V->getType()) &&
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002737 "Non-byte-multiple bit width");
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002738 IntegerType *NarrowTy = Type::getIntNTy(SI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8);
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00002739 V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, NarrowTy, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset,
2740 "extract");
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002741 }
2742
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002743 if (VecTy)
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002744 return rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(V, SI, OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002745 if (IntTy && V->getType()->isIntegerTy())
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002746 return rewriteIntegerStore(V, SI);
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002747
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002748 const bool IsStorePastEnd = DL.getTypeStoreSize(V->getType()) > SliceSize;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002749 StoreInst *NewSI;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002750 if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
2751 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset &&
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002752 (canConvertValue(DL, V->getType(), NewAllocaTy) ||
2753 (IsStorePastEnd && NewAllocaTy->isIntegerTy() &&
2754 V->getType()->isIntegerTy()))) {
2755 // If this is an integer store past the end of slice (and thus the bytes
2756 // past that point are irrelevant or this is unreachable), truncate the
2757 // value prior to storing.
2758 if (auto *VITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(V->getType()))
2759 if (auto *AITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(NewAllocaTy))
2760 if (VITy->getBitWidth() > AITy->getBitWidth()) {
2761 if (DL.isBigEndian())
2762 V = IRB.CreateLShr(V, VITy->getBitWidth() - AITy->getBitWidth(),
2763 "endian_shift");
2764 V = IRB.CreateTrunc(V, AITy, "load.trunc");
2765 }
2766
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002767 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002768 NewSI = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
2769 SI.isVolatile());
2770 } else {
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002771 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, V->getType()->getPointerTo());
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002772 NewSI = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, NewPtr, getSliceAlign(V->getType()),
2773 SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002774 }
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002775 if (SI.isVolatile())
2776 NewSI->setAtomic(SI.getOrdering(), SI.getSynchScope());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002777 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002778 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002779
2780 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *NewSI << "\n");
2781 return NewSI->getPointerOperand() == &NewAI && !SI.isVolatile();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002782 }
2783
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002784 /// \brief Compute an integer value from splatting an i8 across the given
2785 /// number of bytes.
2786 ///
2787 /// Note that this routine assumes an i8 is a byte. If that isn't true, don't
2788 /// call this routine.
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00002789 /// FIXME: Heed the advice above.
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002790 ///
2791 /// \param V The i8 value to splat.
2792 /// \param Size The number of bytes in the output (assuming i8 is one byte)
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002793 Value *getIntegerSplat(Value *V, unsigned Size) {
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002794 assert(Size > 0 && "Expected a positive number of bytes.");
2795 IntegerType *VTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2796 assert(VTy->getBitWidth() == 8 && "Expected an i8 value for the byte");
2797 if (Size == 1)
2798 return V;
2799
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002800 Type *SplatIntTy = Type::getIntNTy(VTy->getContext(), Size * 8);
2801 V = IRB.CreateMul(
2802 IRB.CreateZExt(V, SplatIntTy, "zext"),
2803 ConstantExpr::getUDiv(
2804 Constant::getAllOnesValue(SplatIntTy),
2805 ConstantExpr::getZExt(Constant::getAllOnesValue(V->getType()),
2806 SplatIntTy)),
2807 "isplat");
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002808 return V;
2809 }
2810
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002811 /// \brief Compute a vector splat for a given element value.
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002812 Value *getVectorSplat(Value *V, unsigned NumElements) {
2813 V = IRB.CreateVectorSplat(NumElements, V, "vsplat");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002814 DEBUG(dbgs() << " splat: " << *V << "\n");
2815 return V;
2816 }
2817
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002818 bool visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) {
2819 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002820 assert(II.getRawDest() == OldPtr);
2821
2822 // If the memset has a variable size, it cannot be split, just adjust the
2823 // pointer to the new alloca.
2824 if (!isa<Constant>(II.getLength())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002825 assert(!IsSplit);
Chandler Carruth735d5be2014-02-26 04:45:24 +00002826 assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002827 II.setDest(getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType()));
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002828 Type *CstTy = II.getAlignmentCst()->getType();
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002829 II.setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(CstTy, getSliceAlign()));
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002830
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002831 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
2832 return false;
2833 }
2834
2835 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002836 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002837
2838 Type *AllocaTy = NewAI.getAllocatedType();
2839 Type *ScalarTy = AllocaTy->getScalarType();
2840
2841 // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't
2842 // a single value type, just emit a memset.
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002843 if (!VecTy && !IntTy &&
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002844 (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset ||
Reid Klecknerc36f48f2014-08-22 00:09:56 +00002845 SliceSize != DL.getTypeStoreSize(AllocaTy) ||
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002846 !AllocaTy->isSingleValueType() ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002847 !DL.isLegalInteger(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy)) ||
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002848 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy) % 8 != 0)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002849 Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002850 Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
2851 CallInst *New = IRB.CreateMemSet(
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002852 getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType()), II.getValue(), Size,
2853 getSliceAlign(), II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002854 (void)New;
2855 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2856 return false;
2857 }
2858
2859 // If we can represent this as a simple value, we have to build the actual
2860 // value to store, which requires expanding the byte present in memset to
2861 // a sensible representation for the alloca type. This is essentially
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002862 // splatting the byte to a sufficiently wide integer, splatting it across
2863 // any desired vector width, and bitcasting to the final type.
Benjamin Kramerc003a452013-01-01 16:13:35 +00002864 Value *V;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002865
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002866 if (VecTy) {
2867 // If this is a memset of a vectorized alloca, insert it.
2868 assert(ElementTy == ScalarTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002869
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002870 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2871 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002872 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
2873 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2874 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
2875
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002876 Value *Splat =
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002877 getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) / 8);
2878 Splat = convertValue(DL, IRB, Splat, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruthcacda252012-12-17 14:03:01 +00002879 if (NumElements > 1)
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002880 Splat = getVectorSplat(Splat, NumElements);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002881
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002882 Value *Old =
2883 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002884 V = insertVector(IRB, Old, Splat, BeginIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002885 } else if (IntTy) {
2886 // If this is a memset on an alloca where we can widen stores, insert the
2887 // set integer.
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002888 assert(!II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002889
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002890 uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002891 V = getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), Size);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002892
2893 if (IntTy && (BeginOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset ||
2894 EndOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset)) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002895 Value *Old =
2896 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002897 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002898 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002899 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, V, Offset, "insert");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002900 } else {
2901 assert(V->getType() == IntTy &&
2902 "Wrong type for an alloca wide integer!");
2903 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002904 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, AllocaTy);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002905 } else {
2906 // Established these invariants above.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002907 assert(NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2908 assert(NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002909
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002910 V = getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy) / 8);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002911 if (VectorType *AllocaVecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002912 V = getVectorSplat(V, AllocaVecTy->getNumElements());
Chandler Carruth95e1fb82012-12-17 13:51:03 +00002913
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002914 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, AllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002915 }
2916
Chandler Carruth95e1fb82012-12-17 13:51:03 +00002917 Value *New = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002918 II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002919 (void)New;
2920 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2921 return !II.isVolatile();
2922 }
2923
2924 bool visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) {
2925 // Rewriting of memory transfer instructions can be a bit tricky. We break
2926 // them into two categories: split intrinsics and unsplit intrinsics.
2927
2928 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002929
Chandler Carruthbb2a9322014-02-25 03:50:14 +00002930 bool IsDest = &II.getRawDestUse() == OldUse;
Alexey Samsonov26af6f72014-02-25 07:56:00 +00002931 assert((IsDest && II.getRawDest() == OldPtr) ||
Chandler Carruthbb2a9322014-02-25 03:50:14 +00002932 (!IsDest && II.getRawSource() == OldPtr));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002933
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002934 unsigned SliceAlign = getSliceAlign();
Chandler Carruth176ca712012-10-01 12:16:54 +00002935
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002936 // For unsplit intrinsics, we simply modify the source and destination
2937 // pointers in place. This isn't just an optimization, it is a matter of
2938 // correctness. With unsplit intrinsics we may be dealing with transfers
2939 // within a single alloca before SROA ran, or with transfers that have
2940 // a variable length. We may also be dealing with memmove instead of
2941 // memcpy, and so simply updating the pointers is the necessary for us to
2942 // update both source and dest of a single call.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002943 if (!IsSplittable) {
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002944 Value *AdjustedPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002945 if (IsDest)
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002946 II.setDest(AdjustedPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002947 else
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002948 II.setSource(AdjustedPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002949
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002950 if (II.getAlignment() > SliceAlign) {
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002951 Type *CstTy = II.getAlignmentCst()->getType();
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002952 II.setAlignment(
2953 ConstantInt::get(CstTy, MinAlign(II.getAlignment(), SliceAlign)));
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002954 }
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002955
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002956 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002957 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002958 return false;
2959 }
2960 // For split transfer intrinsics we have an incredibly useful assurance:
2961 // the source and destination do not reside within the same alloca, and at
2962 // least one of them does not escape. This means that we can replace
2963 // memmove with memcpy, and we don't need to worry about all manner of
2964 // downsides to splitting and transforming the operations.
2965
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002966 // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't
2967 // a single value type, just emit a memcpy.
Reid Klecknerc36f48f2014-08-22 00:09:56 +00002968 bool EmitMemCpy =
2969 !VecTy && !IntTy &&
2970 (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset ||
2971 SliceSize != DL.getTypeStoreSize(NewAI.getAllocatedType()) ||
2972 !NewAI.getAllocatedType()->isSingleValueType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002973
2974 // If we're just going to emit a memcpy, the alloca hasn't changed, and the
2975 // size hasn't been shrunk based on analysis of the viable range, this is
2976 // a no-op.
2977 if (EmitMemCpy && &OldAI == &NewAI) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002978 // Ensure the start lines up.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002979 assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002980
2981 // Rewrite the size as needed.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002982 if (NewEndOffset != EndOffset)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002983 II.setLength(ConstantInt::get(II.getLength()->getType(),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002984 NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002985 return false;
2986 }
2987 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002988 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002989
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002990 // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root
2991 // alloca that should be re-examined after rewriting this instruction.
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002992 Value *OtherPtr = IsDest ? II.getRawSource() : II.getRawDest();
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002993 if (AllocaInst *AI =
2994 dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(OtherPtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00002995 assert(AI != &OldAI && AI != &NewAI &&
2996 "Splittable transfers cannot reach the same alloca on both ends.");
Chandler Carruth4bd8f662012-09-26 07:41:40 +00002997 Pass.Worklist.insert(AI);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00002998 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002999
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00003000 Type *OtherPtrTy = OtherPtr->getType();
3001 unsigned OtherAS = OtherPtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace();
3002
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00003003 // Compute the relative offset for the other pointer within the transfer.
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00003004 unsigned IntPtrWidth = DL.getPointerSizeInBits(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00003005 APInt OtherOffset(IntPtrWidth, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00003006 unsigned OtherAlign = MinAlign(II.getAlignment() ? II.getAlignment() : 1,
3007 OtherOffset.zextOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue());
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00003008
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003009 if (EmitMemCpy) {
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003010 // Compute the other pointer, folding as much as possible to produce
3011 // a single, simple GEP in most cases.
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00003012 OtherPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, OtherPtr, OtherOffset, OtherPtrTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00003013 OtherPtr->getName() + ".");
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003014
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00003015 Value *OurPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003016 Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003017 Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003018
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00003019 CallInst *New = IRB.CreateMemCpy(
3020 IsDest ? OurPtr : OtherPtr, IsDest ? OtherPtr : OurPtr, Size,
3021 MinAlign(SliceAlign, OtherAlign), II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003022 (void)New;
3023 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
3024 return false;
3025 }
3026
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003027 bool IsWholeAlloca = NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
3028 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset;
3029 uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
3030 unsigned BeginIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(NewBeginOffset) : 0;
3031 unsigned EndIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(NewEndOffset) : 0;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003032 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003033 IntegerType *SubIntTy =
3034 IntTy ? Type::getIntNTy(IntTy->getContext(), Size * 8) : nullptr;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003035
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00003036 // Reset the other pointer type to match the register type we're going to
3037 // use, but using the address space of the original other pointer.
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003038 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca) {
3039 if (NumElements == 1)
3040 OtherPtrTy = VecTy->getElementType();
3041 else
3042 OtherPtrTy = VectorType::get(VecTy->getElementType(), NumElements);
3043
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00003044 OtherPtrTy = OtherPtrTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003045 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca) {
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00003046 OtherPtrTy = SubIntTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
3047 } else {
3048 OtherPtrTy = NewAllocaTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003049 }
3050
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00003051 Value *SrcPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, OtherPtr, OtherOffset, OtherPtrTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00003052 OtherPtr->getName() + ".");
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00003053 unsigned SrcAlign = OtherAlign;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003054 Value *DstPtr = &NewAI;
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00003055 unsigned DstAlign = SliceAlign;
3056 if (!IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003057 std::swap(SrcPtr, DstPtr);
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00003058 std::swap(SrcAlign, DstAlign);
3059 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003060
3061 Value *Src;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003062 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003063 Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00003064 Src = extractVector(IRB, Src, BeginIndex, EndIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth49c8eea2012-10-15 10:24:43 +00003065 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003066 Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003067 Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, Src, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003068 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003069 Src = extractInteger(DL, IRB, Src, SubIntTy, Offset, "extract");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003070 } else {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003071 Src =
3072 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(SrcPtr, SrcAlign, II.isVolatile(), "copyload");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003073 }
3074
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003075 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003076 Value *Old =
3077 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00003078 Src = insertVector(IRB, Old, Src, BeginIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003079 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003080 Value *Old =
3081 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003082 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003083 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003084 Src = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, Src, Offset, "insert");
3085 Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, Src, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth49c8eea2012-10-15 10:24:43 +00003086 }
3087
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00003088 StoreInst *Store = cast<StoreInst>(
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00003089 IRB.CreateAlignedStore(Src, DstPtr, DstAlign, II.isVolatile()));
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00003090 (void)Store;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003091 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
3092 return !II.isVolatile();
3093 }
3094
3095 bool visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) {
3096 assert(II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start ||
3097 II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_end);
3098 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003099 assert(II.getArgOperand(1) == OldPtr);
3100
3101 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00003102 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003103
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003104 ConstantInt *Size =
3105 ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(II.getArgOperand(0)->getType()),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003106 NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00003107 Value *Ptr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003108 Value *New;
3109 if (II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start)
3110 New = IRB.CreateLifetimeStart(Ptr, Size);
3111 else
3112 New = IRB.CreateLifetimeEnd(Ptr, Size);
3113
Edwin Vane82f80d42013-01-29 17:42:24 +00003114 (void)New;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003115 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
3116 return true;
3117 }
3118
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003119 bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
3120 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003121 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable");
3122 assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable");
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003123
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003124 // We would like to compute a new pointer in only one place, but have it be
3125 // as local as possible to the PHI. To do that, we re-use the location of
3126 // the old pointer, which necessarily must be in the right position to
3127 // dominate the PHI.
Chandler Carruth51175532014-02-25 11:12:04 +00003128 IRBuilderTy PtrBuilder(IRB);
David Majnemerd4cffcf2014-09-01 21:20:14 +00003129 if (isa<PHINode>(OldPtr))
3130 PtrBuilder.SetInsertPoint(OldPtr->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
3131 else
3132 PtrBuilder.SetInsertPoint(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth51175532014-02-25 11:12:04 +00003133 PtrBuilder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldPtr->getDebugLoc());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003134
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00003135 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(PtrBuilder, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003136 // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer.
Benjamin Kramer7ddd7052012-10-20 12:04:57 +00003137 std::replace(PN.op_begin(), PN.op_end(), cast<Value>(OldPtr), NewPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003138
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003139 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << PN << "\n");
3140 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003141
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003142 // PHIs can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We
3143 // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the
3144 // fully-rewritten alloca.
3145 PHIUsers.insert(&PN);
3146 return true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003147 }
3148
3149 bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
3150 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer0212dc22013-04-21 17:48:39 +00003151 assert((SI.getTrueValue() == OldPtr || SI.getFalseValue() == OldPtr) &&
3152 "Pointer isn't an operand!");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003153 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Selects are unsplittable");
3154 assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "Selects are unsplittable");
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003155
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00003156 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Benjamin Kramer0212dc22013-04-21 17:48:39 +00003157 // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer.
3158 if (SI.getOperand(1) == OldPtr)
3159 SI.setOperand(1, NewPtr);
3160 if (SI.getOperand(2) == OldPtr)
3161 SI.setOperand(2, NewPtr);
3162
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003163 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003164 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003165
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003166 // Selects can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We
3167 // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the
3168 // fully-rewritten alloca.
3169 SelectUsers.insert(&SI);
3170 return true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003171 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003172};
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +00003173}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003174
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003175namespace {
3176/// \brief Visitor to rewrite aggregate loads and stores as scalar.
3177///
3178/// This pass aggressively rewrites all aggregate loads and stores on
3179/// a particular pointer (or any pointer derived from it which we can identify)
3180/// with scalar loads and stores.
3181class AggLoadStoreRewriter : public InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool> {
3182 // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods.
3183 friend class llvm::InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool>;
3184
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003185 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003186
3187 /// Queue of pointer uses to analyze and potentially rewrite.
3188 SmallVector<Use *, 8> Queue;
3189
3190 /// Set to prevent us from cycling with phi nodes and loops.
3191 SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
3192
3193 /// The current pointer use being rewritten. This is used to dig up the used
3194 /// value (as opposed to the user).
3195 Use *U;
3196
3197public:
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003198 AggLoadStoreRewriter(const DataLayout &DL) : DL(DL) {}
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003199
3200 /// Rewrite loads and stores through a pointer and all pointers derived from
3201 /// it.
3202 bool rewrite(Instruction &I) {
3203 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Rewriting FCA loads and stores...\n");
3204 enqueueUsers(I);
3205 bool Changed = false;
3206 while (!Queue.empty()) {
3207 U = Queue.pop_back_val();
3208 Changed |= visit(cast<Instruction>(U->getUser()));
3209 }
3210 return Changed;
3211 }
3212
3213private:
3214 /// Enqueue all the users of the given instruction for further processing.
3215 /// This uses a set to de-duplicate users.
3216 void enqueueUsers(Instruction &I) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003217 for (Use &U : I.uses())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00003218 if (Visited.insert(U.getUser()).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003219 Queue.push_back(&U);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003220 }
3221
3222 // Conservative default is to not rewrite anything.
3223 bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return false; }
3224
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003225 /// \brief Generic recursive split emission class.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003226 template <typename Derived> class OpSplitter {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003227 protected:
3228 /// The builder used to form new instructions.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00003229 IRBuilderTy IRB;
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003230 /// The indices which to be used with insert- or extractvalue to select the
3231 /// appropriate value within the aggregate.
3232 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> Indices;
3233 /// The indices to a GEP instruction which will move Ptr to the correct slot
3234 /// within the aggregate.
3235 SmallVector<Value *, 4> GEPIndices;
3236 /// The base pointer of the original op, used as a base for GEPing the
3237 /// split operations.
3238 Value *Ptr;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003239
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003240 /// Initialize the splitter with an insertion point, Ptr and start with a
3241 /// single zero GEP index.
3242 OpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003243 : IRB(InsertionPoint), GEPIndices(1, IRB.getInt32(0)), Ptr(Ptr) {}
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003244
3245 public:
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003246 /// \brief Generic recursive split emission routine.
3247 ///
3248 /// This method recursively splits an aggregate op (load or store) into
3249 /// scalar or vector ops. It splits recursively until it hits a single value
3250 /// and emits that single value operation via the template argument.
3251 ///
3252 /// The logic of this routine relies on GEPs and insertvalue and
3253 /// extractvalue all operating with the same fundamental index list, merely
3254 /// formatted differently (GEPs need actual values).
3255 ///
3256 /// \param Ty The type being split recursively into smaller ops.
3257 /// \param Agg The aggregate value being built up or stored, depending on
3258 /// whether this is splitting a load or a store respectively.
3259 void emitSplitOps(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
3260 if (Ty->isSingleValueType())
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003261 return static_cast<Derived *>(this)->emitFunc(Ty, Agg, Name);
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003262
3263 if (ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3264 unsigned OldSize = Indices.size();
3265 (void)OldSize;
3266 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = ATy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size;
3267 ++Idx) {
3268 assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size");
3269 Indices.push_back(Idx);
3270 GEPIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Idx));
3271 emitSplitOps(ATy->getElementType(), Agg, Name + "." + Twine(Idx));
3272 GEPIndices.pop_back();
3273 Indices.pop_back();
3274 }
3275 return;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003276 }
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003277
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003278 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3279 unsigned OldSize = Indices.size();
3280 (void)OldSize;
3281 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = STy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size;
3282 ++Idx) {
3283 assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size");
3284 Indices.push_back(Idx);
3285 GEPIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Idx));
3286 emitSplitOps(STy->getElementType(Idx), Agg, Name + "." + Twine(Idx));
3287 GEPIndices.pop_back();
3288 Indices.pop_back();
3289 }
3290 return;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003291 }
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003292
3293 llvm_unreachable("Only arrays and structs are aggregate loadable types");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003294 }
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003295 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003296
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003297 struct LoadOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter> {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003298 LoadOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003299 : OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr) {}
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003300
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003301 /// Emit a leaf load of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the
3302 /// recursive emission to actually load values.
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003303 void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003304 assert(Ty->isSingleValueType());
3305 // Load the single value and insert it using the indices.
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00003306 Value *GEP =
3307 IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(nullptr, Ptr, GEPIndices, Name + ".gep");
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +00003308 Value *Load = IRB.CreateLoad(GEP, Name + ".load");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003309 Agg = IRB.CreateInsertValue(Agg, Load, Indices, Name + ".insert");
3310 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Load << "\n");
3311 }
3312 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003313
3314 bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
3315 assert(LI.getPointerOperand() == *U);
3316 if (!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType())
3317 return false;
3318
3319 // We have an aggregate being loaded, split it apart.
3320 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003321 LoadOpSplitter Splitter(&LI, *U);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003322 Value *V = UndefValue::get(LI.getType());
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003323 Splitter.emitSplitOps(LI.getType(), V, LI.getName() + ".fca");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003324 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
3325 LI.eraseFromParent();
3326 return true;
3327 }
3328
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003329 struct StoreOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter> {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003330 StoreOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003331 : OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr) {}
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003332
3333 /// Emit a leaf store of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the
3334 /// recursive emission to actually produce stores.
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003335 void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003336 assert(Ty->isSingleValueType());
3337 // Extract the single value and store it using the indices.
3338 Value *Store = IRB.CreateStore(
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003339 IRB.CreateExtractValue(Agg, Indices, Name + ".extract"),
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00003340 IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(nullptr, Ptr, GEPIndices, Name + ".gep"));
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003341 (void)Store;
3342 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
3343 }
3344 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003345
3346 bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
3347 if (!SI.isSimple() || SI.getPointerOperand() != *U)
3348 return false;
3349 Value *V = SI.getValueOperand();
3350 if (V->getType()->isSingleValueType())
3351 return false;
3352
3353 // We have an aggregate being stored, split it apart.
3354 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003355 StoreOpSplitter Splitter(&SI, *U);
3356 Splitter.emitSplitOps(V->getType(), V, V->getName() + ".fca");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003357 SI.eraseFromParent();
3358 return true;
3359 }
3360
3361 bool visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) {
3362 enqueueUsers(BC);
3363 return false;
3364 }
3365
3366 bool visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) {
3367 enqueueUsers(GEPI);
3368 return false;
3369 }
3370
3371 bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
3372 enqueueUsers(PN);
3373 return false;
3374 }
3375
3376 bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
3377 enqueueUsers(SI);
3378 return false;
3379 }
3380};
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +00003381}
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003382
Chandler Carruthba931992012-10-13 10:49:33 +00003383/// \brief Strip aggregate type wrapping.
3384///
3385/// This removes no-op aggregate types wrapping an underlying type. It will
3386/// strip as many layers of types as it can without changing either the type
3387/// size or the allocated size.
3388static Type *stripAggregateTypeWrapping(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty) {
3389 if (Ty->isSingleValueType())
3390 return Ty;
3391
3392 uint64_t AllocSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty);
3393 uint64_t TypeSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3394
3395 Type *InnerTy;
3396 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3397 InnerTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
3398 } else if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3399 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
3400 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(0);
3401 InnerTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
3402 } else {
3403 return Ty;
3404 }
3405
3406 if (AllocSize > DL.getTypeAllocSize(InnerTy) ||
3407 TypeSize > DL.getTypeSizeInBits(InnerTy))
3408 return Ty;
3409
3410 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, InnerTy);
3411}
3412
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003413/// \brief Try to find a partition of the aggregate type passed in for a given
3414/// offset and size.
3415///
3416/// This recurses through the aggregate type and tries to compute a subtype
3417/// based on the offset and size. When the offset and size span a sub-section
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003418/// of an array, it will even compute a new array type for that sub-section,
3419/// and the same for structs.
3420///
3421/// Note that this routine is very strict and tries to find a partition of the
3422/// type which produces the *exact* right offset and size. It is not forgiving
3423/// when the size or offset cause either end of type-based partition to be off.
3424/// Also, this is a best-effort routine. It is reasonable to give up and not
3425/// return a type if necessary.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003426static Type *getTypePartition(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, uint64_t Offset,
3427 uint64_t Size) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003428 if (Offset == 0 && DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) == Size)
3429 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, Ty);
3430 if (Offset > DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) ||
3431 (DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) - Offset) < Size)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003432 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003433
3434 if (SequentialType *SeqTy = dyn_cast<SequentialType>(Ty)) {
3435 // We can't partition pointers...
3436 if (SeqTy->isPointerTy())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003437 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003438
3439 Type *ElementTy = SeqTy->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003440 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003441 uint64_t NumSkippedElements = Offset / ElementSize;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003442 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SeqTy)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003443 if (NumSkippedElements >= ArrTy->getNumElements())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003444 return nullptr;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003445 } else if (VectorType *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(SeqTy)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003446 if (NumSkippedElements >= VecTy->getNumElements())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003447 return nullptr;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003448 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003449 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
3450
3451 // First check if we need to recurse.
3452 if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) {
3453 // Bail if the partition ends in a different array element.
3454 if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003455 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003456 // Recurse through the element type trying to peel off offset bytes.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003457 return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003458 }
3459 assert(Offset == 0);
3460
3461 if (Size == ElementSize)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003462 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003463 assert(Size > ElementSize);
3464 uint64_t NumElements = Size / ElementSize;
3465 if (NumElements * ElementSize != Size)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003466 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003467 return ArrayType::get(ElementTy, NumElements);
3468 }
3469
3470 StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty);
3471 if (!STy)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003472 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003473
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003474 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003475 if (Offset >= SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003476 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003477 uint64_t EndOffset = Offset + Size;
3478 if (EndOffset > SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003479 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003480
3481 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(Offset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003482 Offset -= SL->getElementOffset(Index);
3483
3484 Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003485 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003486 if (Offset >= ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003487 return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003488
3489 // See if any partition must be contained by the element.
3490 if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) {
3491 if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003492 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003493 return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003494 }
3495 assert(Offset == 0);
3496
3497 if (Size == ElementSize)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003498 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003499
3500 StructType::element_iterator EI = STy->element_begin() + Index,
3501 EE = STy->element_end();
3502 if (EndOffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
3503 unsigned EndIndex = SL->getElementContainingOffset(EndOffset);
3504 if (Index == EndIndex)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003505 return nullptr; // Within a single element and its padding.
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003506
3507 // Don't try to form "natural" types if the elements don't line up with the
3508 // expected size.
3509 // FIXME: We could potentially recurse down through the last element in the
3510 // sub-struct to find a natural end point.
3511 if (SL->getElementOffset(EndIndex) != EndOffset)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003512 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003513
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003514 assert(Index < EndIndex);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003515 EE = STy->element_begin() + EndIndex;
3516 }
3517
3518 // Try to build up a sub-structure.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003519 StructType *SubTy =
3520 StructType::get(STy->getContext(), makeArrayRef(EI, EE), STy->isPacked());
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003521 const StructLayout *SubSL = DL.getStructLayout(SubTy);
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003522 if (Size != SubSL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003523 return nullptr; // The sub-struct doesn't have quite the size needed.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003524
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003525 return SubTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003526}
3527
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003528/// \brief Pre-split loads and stores to simplify rewriting.
3529///
3530/// We want to break up the splittable load+store pairs as much as
3531/// possible. This is important to do as a preprocessing step, as once we
3532/// start rewriting the accesses to partitions of the alloca we lose the
3533/// necessary information to correctly split apart paired loads and stores
3534/// which both point into this alloca. The case to consider is something like
3535/// the following:
3536///
3537/// %a = alloca [12 x i8]
3538/// %gep1 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 0
3539/// %gep2 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 4
3540/// %gep3 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 8
3541/// %iptr1 = bitcast i8* %gep1 to i64*
3542/// %iptr2 = bitcast i8* %gep2 to i64*
3543/// %fptr1 = bitcast i8* %gep1 to float*
3544/// %fptr2 = bitcast i8* %gep2 to float*
3545/// %fptr3 = bitcast i8* %gep3 to float*
3546/// store float 0.0, float* %fptr1
3547/// store float 1.0, float* %fptr2
3548/// %v = load i64* %iptr1
3549/// store i64 %v, i64* %iptr2
3550/// %f1 = load float* %fptr2
3551/// %f2 = load float* %fptr3
3552///
3553/// Here we want to form 3 partitions of the alloca, each 4 bytes large, and
3554/// promote everything so we recover the 2 SSA values that should have been
3555/// there all along.
3556///
3557/// \returns true if any changes are made.
3558bool SROA::presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
3559 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Pre-splitting loads and stores\n");
3560
3561 // Track the loads and stores which are candidates for pre-splitting here, in
3562 // the order they first appear during the partition scan. These give stable
3563 // iteration order and a basis for tracking which loads and stores we
3564 // actually split.
3565 SmallVector<LoadInst *, 4> Loads;
3566 SmallVector<StoreInst *, 4> Stores;
3567
3568 // We need to accumulate the splits required of each load or store where we
3569 // can find them via a direct lookup. This is important to cross-check loads
3570 // and stores against each other. We also track the slice so that we can kill
3571 // all the slices that end up split.
3572 struct SplitOffsets {
3573 Slice *S;
3574 std::vector<uint64_t> Splits;
3575 };
3576 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, SplitOffsets, 8> SplitOffsetsMap;
3577
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003578 // Track loads out of this alloca which cannot, for any reason, be pre-split.
3579 // This is important as we also cannot pre-split stores of those loads!
3580 // FIXME: This is all pretty gross. It means that we can be more aggressive
3581 // in pre-splitting when the load feeding the store happens to come from
3582 // a separate alloca. Put another way, the effectiveness of SROA would be
3583 // decreased by a frontend which just concatenated all of its local allocas
3584 // into one big flat alloca. But defeating such patterns is exactly the job
3585 // SROA is tasked with! Sadly, to not have this discrepancy we would have
3586 // change store pre-splitting to actually force pre-splitting of the load
3587 // that feeds it *and all stores*. That makes pre-splitting much harder, but
3588 // maybe it would make it more principled?
3589 SmallPtrSet<LoadInst *, 8> UnsplittableLoads;
3590
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003591 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Searching for candidate loads and stores\n");
3592 for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) {
3593 for (Slice &S : P) {
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003594 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(S.getUse()->getUser());
3595 if (!S.isSplittable() ||S.endOffset() <= P.endOffset()) {
3596 // If this was a load we have to track that it can't participate in any
3597 // pre-splitting!
3598 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
3599 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003600 continue;
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003601 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003602 assert(P.endOffset() > S.beginOffset() &&
3603 "Empty or backwards partition!");
3604
3605 // Determine if this is a pre-splittable slice.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003606 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
3607 assert(!LI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile loads!");
3608
3609 // The load must be used exclusively to store into other pointers for
3610 // us to be able to arbitrarily pre-split it. The stores must also be
3611 // simple to avoid changing semantics.
3612 auto IsLoadSimplyStored = [](LoadInst *LI) {
3613 for (User *LU : LI->users()) {
3614 auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(LU);
3615 if (!SI || !SI->isSimple())
3616 return false;
3617 }
3618 return true;
3619 };
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003620 if (!IsLoadSimplyStored(LI)) {
3621 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003622 continue;
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003623 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003624
3625 Loads.push_back(LI);
3626 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003627 if (!SI ||
3628 S.getUse() != &SI->getOperandUse(SI->getPointerOperandIndex()))
3629 continue;
3630 auto *StoredLoad = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3631 if (!StoredLoad || !StoredLoad->isSimple())
3632 continue;
3633 assert(!SI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile stores!");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003634
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003635 Stores.push_back(SI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003636 } else {
3637 // Other uses cannot be pre-split.
3638 continue;
3639 }
3640
3641 // Record the initial split.
3642 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Candidate: " << *I << "\n");
3643 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[I];
3644 assert(Offsets.Splits.empty() &&
3645 "Should not have splits the first time we see an instruction!");
3646 Offsets.S = &S;
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003647 Offsets.Splits.push_back(P.endOffset() - S.beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003648 }
3649
3650 // Now scan the already split slices, and add a split for any of them which
3651 // we're going to pre-split.
3652 for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) {
3653 auto SplitOffsetsMapI =
3654 SplitOffsetsMap.find(cast<Instruction>(S->getUse()->getUser()));
3655 if (SplitOffsetsMapI == SplitOffsetsMap.end())
3656 continue;
3657 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMapI->second;
3658
3659 assert(Offsets.S == S && "Found a mismatched slice!");
3660 assert(!Offsets.Splits.empty() &&
3661 "Cannot have an empty set of splits on the second partition!");
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003662 assert(Offsets.Splits.back() ==
3663 P.beginOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003664 "Previous split does not end where this one begins!");
3665
3666 // Record each split. The last partition's end isn't needed as the size
3667 // of the slice dictates that.
3668 if (S->endOffset() > P.endOffset())
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003669 Offsets.Splits.push_back(P.endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003670 }
3671 }
3672
3673 // We may have split loads where some of their stores are split stores. For
3674 // such loads and stores, we can only pre-split them if their splits exactly
3675 // match relative to their starting offset. We have to verify this prior to
3676 // any rewriting.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003677 Stores.erase(
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003678 std::remove_if(Stores.begin(), Stores.end(),
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003679 [&UnsplittableLoads, &SplitOffsetsMap](StoreInst *SI) {
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003680 // Lookup the load we are storing in our map of split
3681 // offsets.
3682 auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003683 // If it was completely unsplittable, then we're done,
3684 // and this store can't be pre-split.
3685 if (UnsplittableLoads.count(LI))
3686 return true;
3687
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003688 auto LoadOffsetsI = SplitOffsetsMap.find(LI);
3689 if (LoadOffsetsI == SplitOffsetsMap.end())
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003690 return false; // Unrelated loads are definitely safe.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003691 auto &LoadOffsets = LoadOffsetsI->second;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003692
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003693 // Now lookup the store's offsets.
3694 auto &StoreOffsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI];
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003695
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003696 // If the relative offsets of each split in the load and
3697 // store match exactly, then we can split them and we
3698 // don't need to remove them here.
3699 if (LoadOffsets.Splits == StoreOffsets.Splits)
3700 return false;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003701
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003702 DEBUG(dbgs()
3703 << " Mismatched splits for load and store:\n"
3704 << " " << *LI << "\n"
3705 << " " << *SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003706
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003707 // We've found a store and load that we need to split
3708 // with mismatched relative splits. Just give up on them
3709 // and remove both instructions from our list of
3710 // candidates.
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003711 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003712 return true;
3713 }),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003714 Stores.end());
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00003715 // Now we have to go *back* through all the stores, because a later store may
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003716 // have caused an earlier store's load to become unsplittable and if it is
3717 // unsplittable for the later store, then we can't rely on it being split in
3718 // the earlier store either.
3719 Stores.erase(std::remove_if(Stores.begin(), Stores.end(),
3720 [&UnsplittableLoads](StoreInst *SI) {
3721 auto *LI =
3722 cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3723 return UnsplittableLoads.count(LI);
3724 }),
3725 Stores.end());
3726 // Once we've established all the loads that can't be split for some reason,
3727 // filter any that made it into our list out.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003728 Loads.erase(std::remove_if(Loads.begin(), Loads.end(),
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003729 [&UnsplittableLoads](LoadInst *LI) {
3730 return UnsplittableLoads.count(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003731 }),
3732 Loads.end());
3733
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003734
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003735 // If no loads or stores are left, there is no pre-splitting to be done for
3736 // this alloca.
3737 if (Loads.empty() && Stores.empty())
3738 return false;
3739
3740 // From here on, we can't fail and will be building new accesses, so rig up
3741 // an IR builder.
3742 IRBuilderTy IRB(&AI);
3743
3744 // Collect the new slices which we will merge into the alloca slices.
3745 SmallVector<Slice, 4> NewSlices;
3746
3747 // Track any allocas we end up splitting loads and stores for so we iterate
3748 // on them.
3749 SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> ResplitPromotableAllocas;
3750
3751 // At this point, we have collected all of the loads and stores we can
3752 // pre-split, and the specific splits needed for them. We actually do the
3753 // splitting in a specific order in order to handle when one of the loads in
3754 // the value operand to one of the stores.
3755 //
3756 // First, we rewrite all of the split loads, and just accumulate each split
3757 // load in a parallel structure. We also build the slices for them and append
3758 // them to the alloca slices.
3759 SmallDenseMap<LoadInst *, std::vector<LoadInst *>, 1> SplitLoadsMap;
3760 std::vector<LoadInst *> SplitLoads;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003761 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003762 for (LoadInst *LI : Loads) {
3763 SplitLoads.clear();
3764
3765 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType());
3766 uint64_t LoadSize = Ty->getBitWidth() / 8;
3767 assert(LoadSize > 0 && "Cannot have a zero-sized integer load!");
3768
3769 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[LI];
3770 assert(LoadSize == Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
3771 "Slice size should always match load size exactly!");
3772 uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset();
3773 assert(BaseOffset + LoadSize > BaseOffset &&
3774 "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!");
3775
3776 Instruction *BasePtr = cast<Instruction>(LI->getPointerOperand());
3777 IRB.SetInsertPoint(BasicBlock::iterator(LI));
3778
3779 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting load: " << *LI << "\n");
3780
3781 uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front();
3782 int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size();
3783 for (;;) {
3784 auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), PartSize * 8);
3785 auto *PartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(LI->getPointerAddressSpace());
3786 LoadInst *PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003787 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, BasePtr,
3788 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003789 PartPtrTy, BasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003790 getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003791 LI->getName());
3792
3793 // Append this load onto the list of split loads so we can find it later
3794 // to rewrite the stores.
3795 SplitLoads.push_back(PLoad);
3796
3797 // Now build a new slice for the alloca.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003798 NewSlices.push_back(
3799 Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize,
3800 &PLoad->getOperandUse(PLoad->getPointerOperandIndex()),
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003801 /*IsSplittable*/ false));
Chandler Carruth6044c0b2015-01-01 12:56:47 +00003802 DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset()
3803 << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset() << "): " << *PLoad
3804 << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003805
Chandler Carruth29c22fa2015-01-02 00:10:22 +00003806 // See if we've handled all the splits.
3807 if (Idx >= Size)
3808 break;
3809
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003810 // Setup the next partition.
3811 PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx];
3812 ++Idx;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003813 PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : LoadSize) - PartOffset;
3814 }
3815
3816 // Now that we have the split loads, do the slow walk over all uses of the
3817 // load and rewrite them as split stores, or save the split loads to use
3818 // below if the store is going to be split there anyways.
3819 bool DeferredStores = false;
3820 for (User *LU : LI->users()) {
3821 StoreInst *SI = cast<StoreInst>(LU);
3822 if (!Stores.empty() && SplitOffsetsMap.count(SI)) {
3823 DeferredStores = true;
3824 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Deferred splitting of store: " << *SI << "\n");
3825 continue;
3826 }
3827
Chandler Carruthc39eaa52015-01-01 23:26:16 +00003828 Value *StoreBasePtr = SI->getPointerOperand();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003829 IRB.SetInsertPoint(BasicBlock::iterator(SI));
3830
3831 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store of load: " << *SI << "\n");
3832
3833 for (int Idx = 0, Size = SplitLoads.size(); Idx < Size; ++Idx) {
3834 LoadInst *PLoad = SplitLoads[Idx];
3835 uint64_t PartOffset = Idx == 0 ? 0 : Offsets.Splits[Idx - 1];
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003836 auto *PartPtrTy =
3837 PLoad->getType()->getPointerTo(SI->getPointerAddressSpace());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003838
3839 StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003840 PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, StoreBasePtr,
3841 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003842 PartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003843 getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003844 (void)PStore;
3845 DEBUG(dbgs() << " +" << PartOffset << ":" << *PStore << "\n");
3846 }
3847
3848 // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting
3849 // this store, and we have to track any promotable alloca (indicated by
3850 // a direct store) as needing to be resplit because it is no longer
3851 // promotable.
3852 if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(StoreBasePtr)) {
3853 ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(OtherAI);
3854 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3855 } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(
3856 StoreBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
3857 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3858 }
3859
3860 // Mark the original store as dead.
3861 DeadInsts.insert(SI);
3862 }
3863
3864 // Save the split loads if there are deferred stores among the users.
3865 if (DeferredStores)
3866 SplitLoadsMap.insert(std::make_pair(LI, std::move(SplitLoads)));
3867
3868 // Mark the original load as dead and kill the original slice.
3869 DeadInsts.insert(LI);
3870 Offsets.S->kill();
3871 }
3872
3873 // Second, we rewrite all of the split stores. At this point, we know that
3874 // all loads from this alloca have been split already. For stores of such
3875 // loads, we can simply look up the pre-existing split loads. For stores of
3876 // other loads, we split those loads first and then write split stores of
3877 // them.
3878 for (StoreInst *SI : Stores) {
3879 auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3880 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType());
3881 uint64_t StoreSize = Ty->getBitWidth() / 8;
3882 assert(StoreSize > 0 && "Cannot have a zero-sized integer store!");
3883
3884 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI];
3885 assert(StoreSize == Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
3886 "Slice size should always match load size exactly!");
3887 uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset();
3888 assert(BaseOffset + StoreSize > BaseOffset &&
3889 "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!");
3890
Chandler Carruthc39eaa52015-01-01 23:26:16 +00003891 Value *LoadBasePtr = LI->getPointerOperand();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003892 Instruction *StoreBasePtr = cast<Instruction>(SI->getPointerOperand());
3893
3894 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store: " << *SI << "\n");
3895
3896 // Check whether we have an already split load.
3897 auto SplitLoadsMapI = SplitLoadsMap.find(LI);
3898 std::vector<LoadInst *> *SplitLoads = nullptr;
3899 if (SplitLoadsMapI != SplitLoadsMap.end()) {
3900 SplitLoads = &SplitLoadsMapI->second;
3901 assert(SplitLoads->size() == Offsets.Splits.size() + 1 &&
3902 "Too few split loads for the number of splits in the store!");
3903 } else {
3904 DEBUG(dbgs() << " of load: " << *LI << "\n");
3905 }
3906
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003907 uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front();
3908 int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size();
3909 for (;;) {
3910 auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), PartSize * 8);
3911 auto *PartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(SI->getPointerAddressSpace());
3912
3913 // Either lookup a split load or create one.
3914 LoadInst *PLoad;
3915 if (SplitLoads) {
3916 PLoad = (*SplitLoads)[Idx];
3917 } else {
3918 IRB.SetInsertPoint(BasicBlock::iterator(LI));
3919 PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003920 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, LoadBasePtr,
3921 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003922 PartPtrTy, LoadBasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003923 getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003924 LI->getName());
3925 }
3926
3927 // And store this partition.
3928 IRB.SetInsertPoint(BasicBlock::iterator(SI));
3929 StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003930 PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, StoreBasePtr,
3931 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003932 PartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003933 getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003934
3935 // Now build a new slice for the alloca.
3936 NewSlices.push_back(
3937 Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize,
3938 &PStore->getOperandUse(PStore->getPointerOperandIndex()),
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003939 /*IsSplittable*/ false));
Chandler Carruth6044c0b2015-01-01 12:56:47 +00003940 DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset()
3941 << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset() << "): " << *PStore
3942 << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003943 if (!SplitLoads) {
3944 DEBUG(dbgs() << " of split load: " << *PLoad << "\n");
3945 }
3946
Chandler Carruth29c22fa2015-01-02 00:10:22 +00003947 // See if we've finished all the splits.
3948 if (Idx >= Size)
3949 break;
3950
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003951 // Setup the next partition.
3952 PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx];
3953 ++Idx;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003954 PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : StoreSize) - PartOffset;
3955 }
3956
3957 // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting
3958 // this load, which is only relevant if it isn't a load of this alloca and
3959 // thus we didn't already split the loads above. We also have to keep track
3960 // of any promotable allocas we split loads on as they can no longer be
3961 // promoted.
3962 if (!SplitLoads) {
3963 if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(LoadBasePtr)) {
3964 assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!");
3965 ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(OtherAI);
3966 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3967 } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(
3968 LoadBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
3969 assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!");
3970 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3971 }
3972 }
3973
3974 // Mark the original store as dead now that we've split it up and kill its
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003975 // slice. Note that we leave the original load in place unless this store
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00003976 // was its only use. It may in turn be split up if it is an alloca load
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003977 // for some other alloca, but it may be a normal load. This may introduce
3978 // redundant loads, but where those can be merged the rest of the optimizer
3979 // should handle the merging, and this uncovers SSA splits which is more
3980 // important. In practice, the original loads will almost always be fully
3981 // split and removed eventually, and the splits will be merged by any
3982 // trivial CSE, including instcombine.
3983 if (LI->hasOneUse()) {
3984 assert(*LI->user_begin() == SI && "Single use isn't this store!");
3985 DeadInsts.insert(LI);
3986 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003987 DeadInsts.insert(SI);
3988 Offsets.S->kill();
3989 }
3990
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003991 // Remove the killed slices that have ben pre-split.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003992 AS.erase(std::remove_if(AS.begin(), AS.end(), [](const Slice &S) {
3993 return S.isDead();
3994 }), AS.end());
3995
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003996 // Insert our new slices. This will sort and merge them into the sorted
3997 // sequence.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003998 AS.insert(NewSlices);
3999
4000 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Pre-split slices:\n");
4001#ifndef NDEBUG
4002 for (auto I = AS.begin(), E = AS.end(); I != E; ++I)
4003 DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs(), I, " "));
4004#endif
4005
4006 // Finally, don't try to promote any allocas that new require re-splitting.
4007 // They have already been added to the worklist above.
4008 PromotableAllocas.erase(
4009 std::remove_if(
4010 PromotableAllocas.begin(), PromotableAllocas.end(),
4011 [&](AllocaInst *AI) { return ResplitPromotableAllocas.count(AI); }),
4012 PromotableAllocas.end());
4013
4014 return true;
4015}
4016
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004017/// \brief Rewrite an alloca partition's users.
4018///
4019/// This routine drives both of the rewriting goals of the SROA pass. It tries
4020/// to rewrite uses of an alloca partition to be conducive for SSA value
4021/// promotion. If the partition needs a new, more refined alloca, this will
4022/// build that new alloca, preserving as much type information as possible, and
4023/// rewrite the uses of the old alloca to point at the new one and have the
4024/// appropriate new offsets. It also evaluates how successful the rewrite was
4025/// at enabling promotion and if it was successful queues the alloca to be
4026/// promoted.
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004027AllocaInst *SROA::rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS,
4028 AllocaSlices::Partition &P) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004029 // Try to compute a friendly type for this partition of the alloca. This
4030 // won't always succeed, in which case we fall back to a legal integer type
4031 // or an i8 array of an appropriate size.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00004032 Type *SliceTy = nullptr;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004033 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004034 if (Type *CommonUseTy = findCommonType(P.begin(), P.end(), P.endOffset()))
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004035 if (DL.getTypeAllocSize(CommonUseTy) >= P.size())
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004036 SliceTy = CommonUseTy;
4037 if (!SliceTy)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004038 if (Type *TypePartitionTy = getTypePartition(DL, AI.getAllocatedType(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004039 P.beginOffset(), P.size()))
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004040 SliceTy = TypePartitionTy;
4041 if ((!SliceTy || (SliceTy->isArrayTy() &&
4042 SliceTy->getArrayElementType()->isIntegerTy())) &&
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004043 DL.isLegalInteger(P.size() * 8))
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004044 SliceTy = Type::getIntNTy(*C, P.size() * 8);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004045 if (!SliceTy)
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004046 SliceTy = ArrayType::get(Type::getInt8Ty(*C), P.size());
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004047 assert(DL.getTypeAllocSize(SliceTy) >= P.size());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004048
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004049 bool IsIntegerPromotable = isIntegerWideningViable(P, SliceTy, DL);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004050
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00004051 VectorType *VecTy =
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004052 IsIntegerPromotable ? nullptr : isVectorPromotionViable(P, DL);
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00004053 if (VecTy)
4054 SliceTy = VecTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004055
4056 // Check for the case where we're going to rewrite to a new alloca of the
4057 // exact same type as the original, and with the same access offsets. In that
4058 // case, re-use the existing alloca, but still run through the rewriter to
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00004059 // perform phi and select speculation.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004060 AllocaInst *NewAI;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004061 if (SliceTy == AI.getAllocatedType()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004062 assert(P.beginOffset() == 0 &&
4063 "Non-zero begin offset but same alloca type");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004064 NewAI = &AI;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004065 // FIXME: We should be able to bail at this point with "nothing changed".
4066 // FIXME: We might want to defer PHI speculation until after here.
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004067 // FIXME: return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004068 } else {
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00004069 unsigned Alignment = AI.getAlignment();
4070 if (!Alignment) {
4071 // The minimum alignment which users can rely on when the explicit
4072 // alignment is omitted or zero is that required by the ABI for this
4073 // type.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004074 Alignment = DL.getABITypeAlignment(AI.getAllocatedType());
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00004075 }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004076 Alignment = MinAlign(Alignment, P.beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00004077 // If we will get at least this much alignment from the type alone, leave
4078 // the alloca's alignment unconstrained.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004079 if (Alignment <= DL.getABITypeAlignment(SliceTy))
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00004080 Alignment = 0;
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004081 NewAI = new AllocaInst(
4082 SliceTy, nullptr, Alignment,
4083 AI.getName() + ".sroa." + Twine(P.begin() - AS.begin()), &AI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004084 ++NumNewAllocas;
4085 }
4086
4087 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Rewriting alloca partition "
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004088 << "[" << P.beginOffset() << "," << P.endOffset()
4089 << ") to: " << *NewAI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004090
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004091 // Track the high watermark on the worklist as it is only relevant for
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004092 // promoted allocas. We will reset it to this point if the alloca is not in
4093 // fact scheduled for promotion.
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004094 unsigned PPWOldSize = PostPromotionWorklist.size();
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004095 unsigned NumUses = 0;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004096 SmallPtrSet<PHINode *, 8> PHIUsers;
4097 SmallPtrSet<SelectInst *, 8> SelectUsers;
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004098
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004099 AllocaSliceRewriter Rewriter(DL, AS, *this, AI, *NewAI, P.beginOffset(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004100 P.endOffset(), IsIntegerPromotable, VecTy,
4101 PHIUsers, SelectUsers);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004102 bool Promotable = true;
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00004103 for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004104 Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(S);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004105 ++NumUses;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004106 }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004107 for (Slice &S : P) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004108 Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(&S);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004109 ++NumUses;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004110 }
4111
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004112 NumAllocaPartitionUses += NumUses;
4113 MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition =
4114 std::max<unsigned>(NumUses, MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004115
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004116 // Now that we've processed all the slices in the new partition, check if any
4117 // PHIs or Selects would block promotion.
4118 for (SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *>::iterator I = PHIUsers.begin(),
4119 E = PHIUsers.end();
4120 I != E; ++I)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004121 if (!isSafePHIToSpeculate(**I)) {
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004122 Promotable = false;
4123 PHIUsers.clear();
4124 SelectUsers.clear();
Chandler Carrutha8c4cc62014-02-25 09:45:27 +00004125 break;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004126 }
4127 for (SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *>::iterator I = SelectUsers.begin(),
4128 E = SelectUsers.end();
4129 I != E; ++I)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004130 if (!isSafeSelectToSpeculate(**I)) {
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004131 Promotable = false;
4132 PHIUsers.clear();
4133 SelectUsers.clear();
Chandler Carrutha8c4cc62014-02-25 09:45:27 +00004134 break;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004135 }
4136
4137 if (Promotable) {
4138 if (PHIUsers.empty() && SelectUsers.empty()) {
4139 // Promote the alloca.
4140 PromotableAllocas.push_back(NewAI);
4141 } else {
4142 // If we have either PHIs or Selects to speculate, add them to those
4143 // worklists and re-queue the new alloca so that we promote in on the
4144 // next iteration.
Chandler Carruth61747042014-10-16 21:05:14 +00004145 for (PHINode *PHIUser : PHIUsers)
4146 SpeculatablePHIs.insert(PHIUser);
4147 for (SelectInst *SelectUser : SelectUsers)
4148 SpeculatableSelects.insert(SelectUser);
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004149 Worklist.insert(NewAI);
4150 }
4151 } else {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004152 // If we can't promote the alloca, iterate on it to check for new
4153 // refinements exposed by splitting the current alloca. Don't iterate on an
4154 // alloca which didn't actually change and didn't get promoted.
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004155 if (NewAI != &AI)
4156 Worklist.insert(NewAI);
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004157
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004158 // Drop any post-promotion work items if promotion didn't happen.
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004159 while (PostPromotionWorklist.size() > PPWOldSize)
4160 PostPromotionWorklist.pop_back();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004161 }
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004162
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004163 return NewAI;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004164}
4165
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004166/// \brief Walks the slices of an alloca and form partitions based on them,
4167/// rewriting each of their uses.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004168bool SROA::splitAlloca(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
4169 if (AS.begin() == AS.end())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004170 return false;
4171
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004172 unsigned NumPartitions = 0;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004173 bool Changed = false;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004174 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004175
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00004176 // First try to pre-split loads and stores.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00004177 Changed |= presplitLoadsAndStores(AI, AS);
4178
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00004179 // Now that we have identified any pre-splitting opportunities, mark any
4180 // splittable (non-whole-alloca) loads and stores as unsplittable. If we fail
4181 // to split these during pre-splitting, we want to force them to be
4182 // rewritten into a partition.
4183 bool IsSorted = true;
4184 for (Slice &S : AS) {
4185 if (!S.isSplittable())
4186 continue;
4187 // FIXME: We currently leave whole-alloca splittable loads and stores. This
4188 // used to be the only splittable loads and stores and we need to be
4189 // confident that the above handling of splittable loads and stores is
4190 // completely sufficient before we forcibly disable the remaining handling.
4191 if (S.beginOffset() == 0 &&
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004192 S.endOffset() >= DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()))
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00004193 continue;
4194 if (isa<LoadInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()) ||
4195 isa<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser())) {
4196 S.makeUnsplittable();
4197 IsSorted = false;
4198 }
4199 }
4200 if (!IsSorted)
4201 std::sort(AS.begin(), AS.end());
4202
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004203 /// \brief Describes the allocas introduced by rewritePartition
4204 /// in order to migrate the debug info.
4205 struct Piece {
4206 AllocaInst *Alloca;
4207 uint64_t Offset;
4208 uint64_t Size;
4209 Piece(AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t O, uint64_t S)
4210 : Alloca(AI), Offset(O), Size(S) {}
4211 };
4212 SmallVector<Piece, 4> Pieces;
4213
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00004214 // Rewrite each partition.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004215 for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) {
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004216 if (AllocaInst *NewAI = rewritePartition(AI, AS, P)) {
4217 Changed = true;
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004218 if (NewAI != &AI) {
4219 uint64_t SizeOfByte = 8;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004220 uint64_t AllocaSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewAI->getAllocatedType());
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004221 // Don't include any padding.
4222 uint64_t Size = std::min(AllocaSize, P.size() * SizeOfByte);
4223 Pieces.push_back(Piece(NewAI, P.beginOffset() * SizeOfByte, Size));
4224 }
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004225 }
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004226 ++NumPartitions;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004227 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004228
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004229 NumAllocaPartitions += NumPartitions;
4230 MaxPartitionsPerAlloca =
4231 std::max<unsigned>(NumPartitions, MaxPartitionsPerAlloca);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004232
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004233 // Migrate debug information from the old alloca to the new alloca(s)
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00004234 // and the individual partitions.
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004235 if (DbgDeclareInst *DbgDecl = FindAllocaDbgDeclare(&AI)) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith60635e32015-04-21 18:44:06 +00004236 auto *Var = DbgDecl->getVariable();
4237 auto *Expr = DbgDecl->getExpression();
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004238 DIBuilder DIB(*AI.getParent()->getParent()->getParent(),
4239 /*AllowUnresolved*/ false);
4240 bool IsSplit = Pieces.size() > 1;
4241 for (auto Piece : Pieces) {
4242 // Create a piece expression describing the new partition or reuse AI's
4243 // expression if there is only one partition.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith60635e32015-04-21 18:44:06 +00004244 auto *PieceExpr = Expr;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6a0320a2015-04-14 01:12:42 +00004245 if (IsSplit || Expr->isBitPiece()) {
Adrian Prantl152ac392015-02-01 00:58:04 +00004246 // If this alloca is already a scalar replacement of a larger aggregate,
4247 // Piece.Offset describes the offset inside the scalar.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6a0320a2015-04-14 01:12:42 +00004248 uint64_t Offset = Expr->isBitPiece() ? Expr->getBitPieceOffset() : 0;
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004249 uint64_t Start = Offset + Piece.Offset;
4250 uint64_t Size = Piece.Size;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6a0320a2015-04-14 01:12:42 +00004251 if (Expr->isBitPiece()) {
4252 uint64_t AbsEnd = Expr->getBitPieceOffset() + Expr->getBitPieceSize();
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004253 if (Start >= AbsEnd)
4254 // No need to describe a SROAed padding.
4255 continue;
4256 Size = std::min(Size, AbsEnd - Start);
4257 }
4258 PieceExpr = DIB.createBitPieceExpression(Start, Size);
Adrian Prantl152ac392015-02-01 00:58:04 +00004259 }
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004260
4261 // Remove any existing dbg.declare intrinsic describing the same alloca.
4262 if (DbgDeclareInst *OldDDI = FindAllocaDbgDeclare(Piece.Alloca))
4263 OldDDI->eraseFromParent();
4264
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithcd1aecf2015-04-15 21:18:07 +00004265 DIB.insertDeclare(Piece.Alloca, Var, PieceExpr, DbgDecl->getDebugLoc(),
4266 &AI);
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004267 }
4268 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004269 return Changed;
4270}
4271
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004272/// \brief Clobber a use with undef, deleting the used value if it becomes dead.
4273void SROA::clobberUse(Use &U) {
4274 Value *OldV = U;
4275 // Replace the use with an undef value.
4276 U = UndefValue::get(OldV->getType());
4277
4278 // Check for this making an instruction dead. We have to garbage collect
4279 // all the dead instructions to ensure the uses of any alloca end up being
4280 // minimal.
4281 if (Instruction *OldI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OldV))
4282 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(OldI)) {
4283 DeadInsts.insert(OldI);
4284 }
4285}
4286
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004287/// \brief Analyze an alloca for SROA.
4288///
4289/// This analyzes the alloca to ensure we can reason about it, builds
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004290/// the slices of the alloca, and then hands it off to be split and
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004291/// rewritten as needed.
4292bool SROA::runOnAlloca(AllocaInst &AI) {
4293 DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA alloca: " << AI << "\n");
4294 ++NumAllocasAnalyzed;
4295
4296 // Special case dead allocas, as they're trivial.
4297 if (AI.use_empty()) {
4298 AI.eraseFromParent();
4299 return true;
4300 }
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004301 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004302
4303 // Skip alloca forms that this analysis can't handle.
4304 if (AI.isArrayAllocation() || !AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() ||
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004305 DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004306 return false;
4307
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004308 bool Changed = false;
4309
4310 // First, split any FCA loads and stores touching this alloca to promote
4311 // better splitting and promotion opportunities.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004312 AggLoadStoreRewriter AggRewriter(DL);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004313 Changed |= AggRewriter.rewrite(AI);
4314
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004315 // Build the slices using a recursive instruction-visiting builder.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004316 AllocaSlices AS(DL, AI);
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004317 DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs()));
4318 if (AS.isEscaped())
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004319 return Changed;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004320
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004321 // Delete all the dead users of this alloca before splitting and rewriting it.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004322 for (Instruction *DeadUser : AS.getDeadUsers()) {
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004323 // Free up everything used by this instruction.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004324 for (Use &DeadOp : DeadUser->operands())
Chandler Carruth1583e992014-03-03 10:42:58 +00004325 clobberUse(DeadOp);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004326
4327 // Now replace the uses of this instruction.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004328 DeadUser->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(DeadUser->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004329
4330 // And mark it for deletion.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004331 DeadInsts.insert(DeadUser);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004332 Changed = true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004333 }
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004334 for (Use *DeadOp : AS.getDeadOperands()) {
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004335 clobberUse(*DeadOp);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004336 Changed = true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004337 }
4338
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004339 // No slices to split. Leave the dead alloca for a later pass to clean up.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004340 if (AS.begin() == AS.end())
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +00004341 return Changed;
4342
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004343 Changed |= splitAlloca(AI, AS);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004344
4345 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Speculating PHIs\n");
4346 while (!SpeculatablePHIs.empty())
4347 speculatePHINodeLoads(*SpeculatablePHIs.pop_back_val());
4348
4349 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Speculating Selects\n");
4350 while (!SpeculatableSelects.empty())
4351 speculateSelectInstLoads(*SpeculatableSelects.pop_back_val());
4352
4353 return Changed;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004354}
4355
Chandler Carruth19450da2012-09-14 10:26:38 +00004356/// \brief Delete the dead instructions accumulated in this run.
4357///
4358/// Recursively deletes the dead instructions we've accumulated. This is done
4359/// at the very end to maximize locality of the recursive delete and to
4360/// minimize the problems of invalidated instruction pointers as such pointers
4361/// are used heavily in the intermediate stages of the algorithm.
4362///
4363/// We also record the alloca instructions deleted here so that they aren't
4364/// subsequently handed to mem2reg to promote.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00004365void SROA::deleteDeadInstructions(
4366 SmallPtrSetImpl<AllocaInst *> &DeletedAllocas) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004367 while (!DeadInsts.empty()) {
4368 Instruction *I = DeadInsts.pop_back_val();
4369 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Deleting dead instruction: " << *I << "\n");
4370
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00004371 I->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I->getType()));
4372
Chandler Carruth1583e992014-03-03 10:42:58 +00004373 for (Use &Operand : I->operands())
4374 if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Operand)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004375 // Zero out the operand and see if it becomes trivially dead.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00004376 Operand = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004377 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(U))
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00004378 DeadInsts.insert(U);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004379 }
4380
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004381 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004382 DeletedAllocas.insert(AI);
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004383 if (DbgDeclareInst *DbgDecl = FindAllocaDbgDeclare(AI))
4384 DbgDecl->eraseFromParent();
4385 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004386
4387 ++NumDeleted;
4388 I->eraseFromParent();
4389 }
4390}
4391
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004392static void enqueueUsersInWorklist(Instruction &I,
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004393 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist,
Craig Topper71b7b682014-08-21 05:55:13 +00004394 SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &Visited) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004395 for (User *U : I.users())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00004396 if (Visited.insert(cast<Instruction>(U)).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004397 Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004398}
4399
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004400/// \brief Promote the allocas, using the best available technique.
4401///
4402/// This attempts to promote whatever allocas have been identified as viable in
4403/// the PromotableAllocas list. If that list is empty, there is nothing to do.
4404/// If there is a domtree available, we attempt to promote using the full power
4405/// of mem2reg. Otherwise, we build and use the AllocaPromoter above which is
4406/// based on the SSAUpdater utilities. This function returns whether any
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00004407/// promotion occurred.
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004408bool SROA::promoteAllocas(Function &F) {
4409 if (PromotableAllocas.empty())
4410 return false;
4411
4412 NumPromoted += PromotableAllocas.size();
4413
4414 if (DT && !ForceSSAUpdater) {
4415 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting allocas with mem2reg...\n");
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +00004416 PromoteMemToReg(PromotableAllocas, *DT, nullptr, AC);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004417 PromotableAllocas.clear();
4418 return true;
4419 }
4420
4421 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting allocas with SSAUpdater...\n");
4422 SSAUpdater SSA;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5bf8fef2014-12-09 18:38:53 +00004423 DIBuilder DIB(*F.getParent(), /*AllowUnresolved*/ false);
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004424 SmallVector<Instruction *, 64> Insts;
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004425
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004426 // We need a worklist to walk the uses of each alloca.
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004427 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> Worklist;
4428 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004429 SmallVector<Instruction *, 32> DeadInsts;
4430
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004431 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = PromotableAllocas.size(); Idx != Size; ++Idx) {
4432 AllocaInst *AI = PromotableAllocas[Idx];
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004433 Insts.clear();
4434 Worklist.clear();
4435 Visited.clear();
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004436
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004437 enqueueUsersInWorklist(*AI, Worklist, Visited);
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004438
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004439 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4440 Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004441
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004442 // FIXME: Currently the SSAUpdater infrastructure doesn't reason about
4443 // lifetime intrinsics and so we strip them (and the bitcasts+GEPs
4444 // leading to them) here. Eventually it should use them to optimize the
4445 // scalar values produced.
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004446 if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004447 assert(II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start ||
4448 II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_end);
4449 II->eraseFromParent();
4450 continue;
4451 }
4452
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004453 // Push the loads and stores we find onto the list. SROA will already
4454 // have validated that all loads and stores are viable candidates for
4455 // promotion.
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004456 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004457 assert(LI->getType() == AI->getAllocatedType());
4458 Insts.push_back(LI);
4459 continue;
4460 }
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004461 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004462 assert(SI->getValueOperand()->getType() == AI->getAllocatedType());
4463 Insts.push_back(SI);
4464 continue;
4465 }
4466
4467 // For everything else, we know that only no-op bitcasts and GEPs will
4468 // make it this far, just recurse through them and recall them for later
4469 // removal.
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004470 DeadInsts.push_back(I);
4471 enqueueUsersInWorklist(*I, Worklist, Visited);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004472 }
Pete Cooper7c4d7b82015-05-13 22:43:09 +00004473 AllocaPromoter(Insts, SSA, *AI, DIB).run(Insts);
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004474 while (!DeadInsts.empty())
4475 DeadInsts.pop_back_val()->eraseFromParent();
4476 AI->eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004477 }
4478
4479 PromotableAllocas.clear();
4480 return true;
4481}
4482
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004483bool SROA::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Paul Robinsonaf4e64d2014-02-06 00:07:05 +00004484 if (skipOptnoneFunction(F))
4485 return false;
4486
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004487 DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA function: " << F.getName() << "\n");
4488 C = &F.getContext();
Chandler Carruth73523022014-01-13 13:07:17 +00004489 DominatorTreeWrapperPass *DTWP =
4490 getAnalysisIfAvailable<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00004491 DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : nullptr;
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +00004492 AC = &getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004493
4494 BasicBlock &EntryBB = F.getEntryBlock();
Benjamin Kramerb6d0bd42014-03-02 12:27:27 +00004495 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = EntryBB.begin(), E = std::prev(EntryBB.end());
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004496 I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004497 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(I))
4498 Worklist.insert(AI);
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004499 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004500
4501 bool Changed = false;
Chandler Carruth19450da2012-09-14 10:26:38 +00004502 // A set of deleted alloca instruction pointers which should be removed from
4503 // the list of promotable allocas.
4504 SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> DeletedAllocas;
4505
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004506 do {
4507 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4508 Changed |= runOnAlloca(*Worklist.pop_back_val());
4509 deleteDeadInstructions(DeletedAllocas);
Chandler Carruthb09f0a32012-10-02 22:46:45 +00004510
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004511 // Remove the deleted allocas from various lists so that we don't try to
4512 // continue processing them.
4513 if (!DeletedAllocas.empty()) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00004514 auto IsInSet = [&](AllocaInst *AI) { return DeletedAllocas.count(AI); };
Benjamin Kramer3a377bc2014-03-01 11:47:00 +00004515 Worklist.remove_if(IsInSet);
4516 PostPromotionWorklist.remove_if(IsInSet);
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004517 PromotableAllocas.erase(std::remove_if(PromotableAllocas.begin(),
4518 PromotableAllocas.end(),
Benjamin Kramer3a377bc2014-03-01 11:47:00 +00004519 IsInSet),
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004520 PromotableAllocas.end());
4521 DeletedAllocas.clear();
4522 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004523 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004524
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004525 Changed |= promoteAllocas(F);
4526
4527 Worklist = PostPromotionWorklist;
4528 PostPromotionWorklist.clear();
4529 } while (!Worklist.empty());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004530
4531 return Changed;
4532}
4533
4534void SROA::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +00004535 AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004536 if (RequiresDomTree)
Chandler Carruth73523022014-01-13 13:07:17 +00004537 AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004538 AU.setPreservesCFG();
4539}